[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2022011500A1 - Configuration method and apparatus - Google Patents

Configuration method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022011500A1
WO2022011500A1 PCT/CN2020/101597 CN2020101597W WO2022011500A1 WO 2022011500 A1 WO2022011500 A1 WO 2022011500A1 CN 2020101597 W CN2020101597 W CN 2020101597W WO 2022011500 A1 WO2022011500 A1 WO 2022011500A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cell
candidate
information
primary
access network
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2020/101597
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
严乐
胡星星
耿婷婷
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to PCT/CN2020/101597 priority Critical patent/WO2022011500A1/en
Publication of WO2022011500A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022011500A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0055Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link
    • H04W36/0069Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link in case of dual connectivity, e.g. decoupled uplink/downlink
    • H04W36/00692Transmission or use of information for re-establishing the radio link in case of dual connectivity, e.g. decoupled uplink/downlink using simultaneous multiple data streams, e.g. cooperative multipoint [CoMP], carrier aggregation [CA] or multiple input multiple output [MIMO]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/34Reselection control
    • H04W36/36Reselection control by user or terminal equipment
    • H04W36/362Conditional handover

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and more particularly, to configuration methods and apparatus.
  • the mobility management of the terminal equipment in the connected state is controlled by the access network equipment.
  • the access network device instructs the terminal device to perform cell handover by sending a handover message; after receiving the handover message, the terminal device attempts to handover to the target cell according to the relevant information of the target cell contained in the handover message. Therefore, the successful sending of the handover message is a necessary condition to ensure that the traditional handover can be successfully performed.
  • the conditional handover (CHO) mechanism emerges as the times require.
  • the terminal device can only communicate with one cell or one access network device, which will affect the system throughput and reduce user experience satisfaction.
  • the present application provides a configuration method and apparatus, which can realize the configuration of carrier aggregation (CA) and/or dual connectivity (DC) in the CHO process, which helps to improve system throughput.
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • DC dual connectivity
  • the present application provides a configuration method, the method comprising: a terminal device receiving first information from a source access network device, the first information indicating CA bandwidth (band) combination information supported by at least one candidate cell and/or DC band combination information; the terminal device selects a target primary cell from the at least one candidate cell; the terminal device determines at least one candidate secondary cell and/or at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the first information cell, wherein the band combination composed of the at least one candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the target primary cell, and the band composed of the at least one candidate primary secondary cell and the target primary cell The combination belongs to the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell; the terminal device sends the information of the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the at least one candidate primary secondary cell to the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs Information.
  • the terminal device receives a target primary cell from the at least one candidate cell
  • the terminal device determines at least one candidate secondary cell and/or at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the
  • the band combination formed by at least one candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the target primary cell. It can also be described as, at least one candidate secondary cell can form a CA with the target primary cell, or at least one candidate secondary cell can be combined with the target primary cell.
  • the target primary cell together provides CA communication for the terminal device.
  • the band combination composed of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell, which can also be described as, at least one candidate primary and secondary cell can form a DC with the target primary cell, or, at least one candidate primary and secondary cell
  • the cell may provide DC communication for the terminal device together with the target primary cell.
  • the source access network device indicates the CA band combination information and/or DC band combination information supported by at least one candidate cell to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines the target primary cell and successfully accesses the target primary cell
  • the information of the cell that can provide the terminal equipment with CA communication together with the target primary cell and/or the information of the cell that can provide the terminal equipment with DC communication together with the target primary cell is sent to the target primary cell, and then, the target primary cell can be Decide whether to configure CA for terminal equipment, configure which cells as secondary cells, whether to configure DC for terminal equipment, and which cell to add as primary and secondary cells.
  • performing the CA and/or DC configuration while performing the CHO helps to reduce the CA and/or DC configuration delay.
  • the at least one candidate secondary cell includes at least one first candidate secondary cell and/or at least one second candidate secondary cell, and the at least one first candidate secondary cell is A cell that the terminal device is capable of detecting, the at least one second candidate secondary cell belongs to the at least one candidate cell; and/or, the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell includes at least one first candidate primary and secondary cell and /or at least one second candidate primary and secondary cell, the at least one first candidate primary and secondary cell is a cell that the terminal device is capable of detecting, and the at least one second candidate primary and secondary cell belongs to the at least one candidate cell .
  • the cell that the terminal device is capable of detecting can also be described as the cell that the terminal device can detect.
  • the second candidate secondary cell satisfies the CHO execution condition.
  • the second candidate primary and secondary cell satisfies the CHO execution condition.
  • the terminal device can determine at least one candidate secondary cell and/or at least one candidate primary secondary cell from the cells and/or at least one candidate cell that the terminal device is capable of detecting, which helps to successfully determine a suitable secondary cell.
  • candidate secondary cells and candidate primary and secondary cells are candidate secondary cells and candidate primary and secondary cells.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receiving second information from the source access network device, the second information indicating two or more Whether the candidate cells belong to the same access network device; the terminal device determining at least one candidate secondary cell and/or at least one candidate primary secondary cell according to the first information, including: the terminal device according to the first information information and the second information to determine the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the at least one candidate primary secondary cell, wherein the band combination composed of the at least one candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the The CA band combination supported by the target primary cell, the band combination formed by the at least one candidate primary secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell, and the at least one second candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell are combined.
  • the target primary cell belongs to the same access network device, and the at least one second candidate primary and secondary cell and the target primary cell belong to different access network devices.
  • the second information may further indicate whether two or more candidate cells in the at least one candidate cell belong to different access network devices.
  • the source access network device can indicate to the terminal device whether each candidate cell belongs to the same access network device, which helps to determine suitable candidate secondary cells and candidate primary and secondary cells.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receiving third information from the source access network device, where the third information indicates a first signal quality threshold value and/or a second signal quality threshold; the terminal device determining at least one candidate secondary cell and/or at least one candidate primary secondary cell according to the first information, including: the terminal device according to the first information and the third information, determine the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the at least one candidate primary secondary cell, wherein the band combination composed of the at least one candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the target The CA band combination supported by the primary cell, and the signal quality of the at least one candidate secondary cell is greater than the first signal quality threshold, and the band combination composed of the at least one candidate primary secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the The DC band combination supported by the target primary cell, and the signal quality of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell is greater than the second signal quality threshold.
  • the terminal equipment considers the signal quality of the cell when determining at least one candidate secondary cell and/or at least one candidate primary secondary cell.
  • a cell with better signal quality is used as a candidate secondary cell, and a cell with better signal quality that can provide DC communication for terminal equipment together with the target primary cell is selected as a candidate primary and secondary cell, which helps to improve the reliability of subsequent data transmission.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receiving second information and third information from the source access network device, the second information indicating two or Whether the two or more candidate cells belong to the same access network device, the third information indicates the first signal quality threshold value and/or the second signal quality threshold value; the terminal device according to the first signal quality threshold value information, and determining at least one candidate secondary cell and/or at least one candidate primary secondary cell, including: the terminal device determining the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the at least one candidate secondary cell according to the first information, the second information and the third information /or the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, wherein the band combination formed by the at least one candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the target primary cell, and the at least one candidate secondary cell
  • the signal quality is greater than the first signal quality threshold, and the at least one candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell belong to the same access network device; the at least one candidate primary secondary cell and the target primary cell are composed of The band combination belonging to
  • the second information may further indicate whether two or more candidate cells in the at least one candidate cell belong to different access network devices.
  • the terminal equipment when determining at least one candidate secondary cell and/or at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, the terminal equipment considers the signal quality of the cell and the co-site situation of the cell, which helps to successfully determine the appropriate candidate secondary cell and/or Candidate primary and secondary cells, and improve the reliability of subsequent data transmission.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the terminal device, information of at least one secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell sent by a target access network device and/or the Information about the primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell, where the target access network device is the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the terminal device, fourth information from the source access network device, where the fourth information indicates the location of the at least one candidate cell. cell information and CHO execution condition information of the at least one candidate cell; selecting, by the terminal device, a target primary cell from the at least one candidate cell includes: the terminal device selecting the target primary cell from the at least one candidate cell according to the fourth information The target primary cell is selected from the candidate cells, and the target primary cell is a cell that satisfies the CHO execution condition.
  • the cell information includes at least one of the following items: a cell radio network temporary identifier (cell radio network temporary identifier, C- RNTI), random access channel (RACH) resource information used to access the cell, index information corresponding to the cell, cell global identity (CGI) of the cell, physical cell identifier (physical cell identifier) of the cell , PCI), the frequency information corresponding to the cell, the physical layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, the media access control (MAC) layer-by-layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, and the radio link control (RLC) corresponding to the cell ) layer configuration parameters, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, and the radio resources corresponding to the cell Control (radio resource control, RRC) layer configuration parameters.
  • a cell radio network temporary identifier cell radio network temporary identifier, C- RNTI
  • RACH random access channel
  • the frequency information corresponding to the cell may include any one of the following items: frequency point, bandwidth, and subcarrier spacing corresponding to the cell.
  • the CHO execution condition information includes an event type and a threshold value corresponding to the event type.
  • the present application provides a configuration method, the method comprising: a source access network device determining first information, where the first information indicates CA band combination information and/or DC band combination information supported by at least one candidate cell , the at least one candidate cell is used by the terminal device to select the target primary cell; the source access network device sends the first information to the terminal device.
  • the source access network device indicates the CA band combination information and/or DC band combination information supported by at least one candidate cell to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines the target primary cell and successfully accesses the target primary cell. Then, the information of the cell that can provide the terminal device with CA communication together with the target primary cell and/or the information of the cell that can provide the terminal device with DC communication together with the target primary cell can be sent to the target primary cell, and then, the target primary cell is made.
  • the cell can decide whether to configure CA for the terminal equipment, which cells to configure as secondary cells, whether to configure DC for the terminal equipment, and which cell to add as the primary and secondary cells.
  • the CA and/or DC can be rapidly configured in the CHO process, and the system throughput can be improved.
  • performing the CA and/or DC configuration while performing the CHO helps to reduce the CA and/or DC configuration delay.
  • the CA band combination information is used by the terminal device to determine at least one candidate secondary cell
  • the DC band combination information is used by the terminal device to determine at least one candidate primary secondary cell .
  • the method further includes: the source access network device sends second information to the terminal device, where the second information indicates two or more Whether the candidate cells belong to the same access network device.
  • the second information may further indicate whether two or more candidate cells in the at least one candidate cell belong to different access network devices.
  • the source access network device can indicate to the terminal device whether each candidate cell belongs to the same access network device, which helps the terminal device to determine suitable candidate secondary cells and candidate primary and secondary cells.
  • the method further includes: the source access network device sends third information to the terminal device, where the third information indicates a first signal quality threshold value and/or the second signal quality threshold value.
  • the source access network device may indicate to the terminal device the threshold value of the signal quality of the candidate secondary cell and the threshold value of the signal quality of the candidate primary secondary cell, so that the terminal device is determining at least one candidate secondary cell and/or When there is at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, the signal quality of the cell is considered.
  • the terminal device selects a cell that can provide CA communication for the terminal device together with the target primary cell and has better signal quality as a candidate secondary cell.
  • a cell that provides DC communication for terminal equipment and has better signal quality is used as a candidate primary and secondary cell, which helps to improve the reliability of subsequent data transmission.
  • the method further includes: the source access network device sends fourth information to the terminal device, where the fourth information indicates the location of the at least one candidate cell Cell information and CHO execution condition information of the at least one candidate cell.
  • the cell information includes at least one of the following items: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI allocated by the cell to the terminal device, a C-RNTI used to access the cell Random access channel RACH resource information, index information corresponding to the cell, cell global identifier CGI of the cell, physical cell identifier PCI of the cell, frequency information corresponding to the cell, physical layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, and media access control MAC corresponding to the cell Layer configuration parameters, radio link control RLC layer configuration parameters corresponding to cells, packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer configuration parameters corresponding to cells, service data adaptation protocol SDAP layer configuration parameters corresponding to cells, and radio resource control RRC layer corresponding to cells Configuration parameters.
  • the frequency information corresponding to the cell may include any one of the following items: frequency point, bandwidth, and subcarrier spacing corresponding to the cell.
  • the CHO execution condition information includes an event type and a threshold value corresponding to the event type.
  • the present application provides a configuration method, the method comprising: a target access network device receiving information of at least one candidate secondary cell and/or information of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell sent by a terminal device, the target access network device receiving The network access device is the access network device to which the target primary cell that satisfies the CHO execution condition belongs; the target access network device, according to the information of the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the information of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, At least one secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell and/or primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell is determined.
  • the terminal device determines the candidate secondary cells and/or the candidate primary and secondary cells and reports them to the target access network device, so that the target primary cell can decide whether to configure CA for the terminal device, which cells to configure as secondary cells, Whether to configure DC for the terminal device and which cell to add as the primary and secondary cell.
  • the CA and/or DC can be rapidly configured in the CHO process, and the system throughput can be improved.
  • performing the CA and/or DC configuration while performing the CHO helps to reduce the CA and/or DC configuration delay.
  • the method further includes: the target access network device sending the information of the at least one secondary cell and/or the information of the primary and secondary cells to the terminal device information.
  • the method further includes: the target access network device communicates with the primary and secondary cells.
  • the access network device to which the secondary cell belongs performs the process of adding secondary nodes.
  • the present application provides a configuration method, the method comprising:
  • the terminal device receives configuration information of at least one candidate cell from the source access network device, and receives configuration information of at least one third candidate secondary cell, configuration information of at least one third candidate primary secondary cell, and at least one fourth candidate secondary cell. At least one of the configuration information, wherein the at least one candidate cell is used by the terminal device to select a target primary cell, and at least one third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the first candidate cell is composed of the first candidate cell.
  • the bandwidth band combination of the first candidate cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the first candidate cell, and the band combination composed of at least one of the third candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the first candidate cell and the first candidate cell belongs to the The DC band combination supported by the first candidate cell, the band combination formed by at least one of the fourth candidate secondary cell and the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell corresponding to the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell belongs to the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell
  • a supported CA band combination the first candidate cell is any one of the at least one candidate cell
  • the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell is any one of the at least one
  • the terminal device determines, according to the configuration information of the at least one third candidate secondary cell, a secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell from at least one of the third candidate secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell; and/or , the terminal device determines, according to the configuration information of the at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell, the primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell from at least one of the third candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell and/or, the terminal device determines, according to the configuration information of the at least one fourth candidate secondary cell, the secondary cell corresponding to the primary secondary cell from at least one of the fourth candidate secondary cells corresponding to the primary secondary cell community.
  • the bandwidth band combination formed by at least one of the third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the first candidate cell and the first candidate cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the first candidate cell, and can also be described as a combination with the first candidate cell.
  • At least one of the third candidate secondary cells corresponding to a cell may form a CA with the first candidate cell, or at least one of the third candidate secondary cells corresponding to the first candidate cell may be combined with the first candidate cell Provides CA communication for end devices.
  • the bandwidth band combination formed by at least one of the third candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the first candidate cell and the first candidate cell belongs to the DC band combination supported by the first candidate cell, and can also be described as, the same as the first candidate cell.
  • At least one of the third candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the candidate cell may form a DC with the first candidate cell, or at least one of the third candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the first candidate cell may be combined with the first candidate cell.
  • the candidate cells together provide DC communication for the terminal device.
  • the band combination formed by at least one of the fourth candidate secondary cell and the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell corresponding to the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell, and can also be described as , at least one of the fourth candidate secondary cells corresponding to the fifth candidate primary and secondary cells may form a CA with the fifth candidate primary and secondary cells, or at least one of the fourth candidate secondary cells corresponding to the fifth candidate primary and secondary cells
  • the secondary cell may provide CA communication for the terminal device together with the fifth candidate primary secondary cell.
  • the configuration information of at least one candidate cell is indicated to the terminal device by the source access network device, and the configuration information of at least one candidate secondary cell that can provide CA communication for the terminal device together with the cells in the at least one candidate cell is indicated information, configuration information of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that can provide the terminal device with DC communication with the cell of the at least one candidate cell, and at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that can provide the terminal device with the cell of the at least one
  • the terminal device can determine the target primary cell according to the received information, and optionally determine at least one of the following: the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, the target primary cell The corresponding target primary and secondary cells, and the target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary and secondary cells.
  • performing the CA and/or DC configuration while performing the CHO helps to reduce the CA and/or DC configuration delay.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sending the information of the secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell and the information of the primary and secondary cells to the target access network device , and at least one of the information of the secondary cells corresponding to the primary and secondary cells, and the target access network device is the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs.
  • the cell information includes at least one of the following items: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI allocated by the cell to the terminal device, a C-RNTI used to access the cell Random access channel RACH resource information, index information corresponding to the cell, cell global identifier CGI of the cell, physical cell identifier PCI of the cell, frequency information corresponding to the cell, physical layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, and media access control MAC corresponding to the cell Layer configuration parameters, radio link control RLC layer configuration parameters corresponding to cells, packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer configuration parameters corresponding to cells, service data adaptation protocol SDAP layer configuration parameters corresponding to cells, and radio resource control RRC layer corresponding to cells Configuration parameters.
  • the frequency information corresponding to the cell may include any one of the following items: frequency point, bandwidth, and subcarrier spacing corresponding to the cell.
  • the condition information includes an event type and a threshold value corresponding to the event type.
  • the present application provides a configuration method, the method comprising:
  • the source access network device receives cell information of at least one candidate cell, and receives cell information of at least one third candidate secondary cell, cell information of at least one third candidate primary secondary cell, and cell information of at least one fourth candidate secondary cell At least one of the candidate cells, wherein the at least one candidate cell is used by the terminal equipment to select the target primary cell, and the bandwidth band combination composed of at least one of the third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the first candidate cell and the first candidate cell belongs to The CA band combination supported by the first candidate cell, the band combination formed by at least one of the third candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the first candidate cell and the first candidate cell belongs to the first candidate cell support DC band combination, the band combination formed by at least one of the fourth candidate secondary cell corresponding to the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell and the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell , the first candidate cell is any one of the at least one candidate cell, and the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell is any one of the at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell;
  • the source access network device sends the configuration information of the at least one candidate cell to the terminal device, and sends the configuration information of the at least one third candidate secondary cell, the configuration information of the at least one third candidate primary secondary cell, and At least one of the configuration information of the at least one fourth candidate secondary cell, the configuration information includes cell information and condition information, and the condition information indicates a CHO execution condition, an addition condition of a secondary cell, or an addition condition of the primary and secondary cells.
  • the configuration information of at least one candidate cell is indicated to the terminal device by the source access network device, and the configuration information of at least one candidate secondary cell that can provide CA communication for the terminal device together with the cells in the at least one candidate cell is indicated information, configuration information of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that can provide the terminal device with DC communication with the cell of the at least one candidate cell, and at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that can provide the terminal device with the cell of the at least one At least one of the configuration information of a candidate secondary cell, so that the terminal device can determine the target primary cell according to the received information, and optionally determine at least one of the following: the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, the target primary cell The target primary and secondary cells corresponding to the cells, and the target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary and secondary cells.
  • the CA and/or DC can be rapidly configured in the CHO process, which helps to improve the system throughput.
  • performing the CA and/or DC configuration while performing the CHO helps to reduce the CA and/or DC configuration delay.
  • the cell information includes at least one of the following items: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI allocated by the cell to the terminal device, a C-RNTI used to access the cell Random access channel RACH resource information, index information corresponding to the cell, cell global identifier CGI of the cell, physical cell identifier PCI of the cell, frequency information corresponding to the cell, physical layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, and media access control MAC corresponding to the cell Layer configuration parameters, radio link control RLC layer configuration parameters corresponding to cells, packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer configuration parameters corresponding to cells, service data adaptation protocol SDAP layer configuration parameters corresponding to cells, and radio resource control RRC layer corresponding to cells Configuration parameters.
  • the frequency information corresponding to the cell may include any one of the following items: frequency point, bandwidth, and subcarrier spacing corresponding to the cell.
  • the condition information includes an event type and a threshold value corresponding to the event type.
  • the present application provides a configuration method, the method comprising: receiving, by a target access network device, information of a secondary cell corresponding to a target primary cell, information of a primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell and sent by a terminal device, and at least one of the information of the secondary cells corresponding to the primary and secondary cells, the target primary cell satisfies the CHO execution condition, and the target access network device is the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs; the target primary cell The access network device performs a secondary node addition process with the access network device to which the primary and secondary cells belong.
  • the secondary cell and/or the primary and secondary cells are determined by the terminal device and reported to the target access network device, so that the target can activate the secondary cell and perform the process of adding secondary nodes according to the information reported by the terminal.
  • the CA and/or DC can be rapidly configured in the CHO process, and the system throughput can be improved.
  • performing the CA and/or DC configuration while performing the CHO helps to reduce the CA and/or DC configuration delay.
  • the present application provides a communication device, comprising a module for performing the first aspect or any implementation of the first aspect; or, including a module for performing the fourth aspect or any implementation of the fourth aspect modules in the way.
  • the communication device includes a processor, which is connected to a memory and configured to read and execute a software program stored in the memory, so as to implement the first aspect or any one of the first aspects
  • a processor which is connected to a memory and configured to read and execute a software program stored in the memory, so as to implement the first aspect or any one of the first aspects
  • the method described in the implementation manner, or the method described in the fourth aspect or any one of the implementation manners of the fourth aspect is implemented.
  • the communication device further includes a transceiver.
  • the communication device is a chip that can be applied to a terminal device.
  • the communication apparatus is a terminal device.
  • the present application provides a communication device, comprising a module for performing the second aspect or any implementation of the second aspect; or, including a module for performing the fifth aspect or any implementation of the fifth aspect modules in the way.
  • the communication device includes a processor, which is connected to a memory and configured to read and execute a software program stored in the memory, so as to implement the second aspect or any one of the second aspects Implement the method described in the implementation manner, or implement the method described in the fifth aspect or any implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
  • the communication device further includes a transceiver.
  • the communication apparatus is a chip that can be applied to an access network device.
  • the communication apparatus is an access network device.
  • the present application provides a communication device, comprising a module for performing the third aspect or any implementation manner of the third aspect; or, including a module for performing the sixth aspect or any implementation of the sixth aspect modules in the way.
  • the communication device includes a processor, which is connected to a memory and configured to read and execute a software program stored in the memory, so as to implement the third aspect or any one of the third aspects
  • a processor which is connected to a memory and configured to read and execute a software program stored in the memory, so as to implement the third aspect or any one of the third aspects
  • the method described in the implementation manner, or the method described in any implementation manner of the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect is implemented.
  • the communication device further includes a transceiver.
  • the communication apparatus is a chip that can be applied to an access network device.
  • the communication apparatus is an access network device.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product comprising computer instructions, when the computer instructions are executed, the method in the foregoing first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect is executed, or cause the method in the foregoing second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect to be performed, or cause the foregoing third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect to be performed, or cause the foregoing fourth aspect aspect or the method in any possible implementation of the fourth aspect is performed, or causes the method in any possible implementation of the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect to be performed, or causes the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect to be performed.
  • the method in any possible implementation is executed.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, the storage medium stores computer instructions, when the computer instructions are executed, the aforementioned first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect is The method of the preceding second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect is performed, or the method of the preceding third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect is performed, or causing the method of the foregoing fourth aspect or any possible implementation of the fourth aspect to be performed, such that the method of the foregoing fifth aspect or any possible implementation of the fifth aspect is performed, such that the foregoing sixth aspect or the sixth aspect is performed The methods of any possible implementation of an aspect are performed.
  • the present application provides a communication system, where the communication system includes the communication device of the seventh aspect, the communication device of the eighth aspect, and the communication device of the ninth aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a dual-connection communication system to which the technical solutions of the present application can be applied.
  • FIG. 2 is another schematic structural diagram of a dual-connection communication system to which the technical solution of the present application can be applied.
  • FIG. 3 is another schematic structural diagram of a dual-connection communication system to which the technical solutions of the present application can be applied.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a specific architecture of the EN-DC communication system.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of the SN adding process.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a CA configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a DC configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a CA and/or DC configuration method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • indication may include direct indication and indirect indication, and may also include explicit indication and implicit indication.
  • the information indicated by a certain piece of information is called the information to be indicated.
  • the information to be indicated can be directly indicated, such as the information to be indicated itself or the information to be indicated.
  • the information to be indicated may also be indirectly indicated by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance.
  • the indication of the information to be indicated can also be implemented by means of a pre-agreed agreement (for example, a protocol definition) whether there is a certain information element, so as to reduce the indication overhead to a certain extent.
  • pre-acquisition may include signaling by the network device or pre-definition, for example, protocol definition.
  • pre-definition can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, forms or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in the equipment (for example, including terminal equipment and access network equipment). Not limited.
  • the "protocol” involved in the embodiments of this application may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, it may include a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) protocol, a new radio (new radio, NR) protocol and applications in future communications.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • NR new radio
  • Dual connectivity can also be called multi-radio dual connectivity (MR-DC), which supports two access network devices to provide data transmission services for one terminal device at the same time, so as to improve wireless resource utilization and reduce system switching. latency, improving user and system performance.
  • the two access network devices include a primary access network device (eg, primary base station (eg, master gNB, MgNB)) and a secondary access network device (eg, secondary base station (eg, secondary gNB, SgNB)).
  • the main access network equipment is the control plane anchor point, that is, the terminal equipment establishes an RRC connection with the main access network equipment, and establishes a control plane connection between the main access network equipment and the core network, and the main access network equipment and the terminal equipment.
  • RRC messages are transmitted between the two devices; in the subsequent enhancement technology, some RRC messages (for example, measurement configuration information or measurement reports, etc.) may also be sent between the secondary access network device and the terminal device.
  • the primary access network device may also be called a master node (MN), a master node or an anchor (anchor), etc.
  • the secondary access network device may also be called a secondary node (SN), a secondary node or a slave node.
  • Nodes and the like are collectively referred to as primary access network equipment and secondary access network equipment in the examples of this application.
  • the primary base station and the secondary base station may be 4G access network equipment connected to the fourth generation (the 4th generation, 4G) core network equipment, or connected to the fifth generation (the 5th generation, 5G) core network equipment.
  • the 4G access network equipment, or the 5G access network equipment connected to the 5G core network equipment, or the 5G access network equipment connected to the 4G core network equipment, is not limited in this application.
  • the above two wireless access systems may be the same or different.
  • both the first radio access system and the second radio access system use the 4G mobile communication technology, or both use the 5G mobile communication technology.
  • the first wireless access system adopts 4G mobile communication technology
  • the second wireless access system adopts 5G mobile communication technology
  • the first wireless access system adopts 5G mobile communication technology
  • the second wireless access system adopts 5G mobile communication technology.
  • 4G mobile communication technology is adopted. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the wireless access system in the above-mentioned dual-connection communication system can include but is not limited to the following systems: LTE system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD), Universal Mobile Communication system (universal mobile telecommunication system, UMTS), 5G system or NR or other evolved communication systems, etc.
  • LTE system and an NR system can be deployed simultaneously in a dual-connectivity communication system.
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as: user equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, Mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user equipment, etc.
  • the terminal device may be a device that provides voice/data connectivity to the user, such as a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and the like.
  • terminals are: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer, notebook computer, PDA, mobile internet device (MID), wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart grids wireless terminal in transportation safety, wireless terminal in smart city, wireless terminal in smart home, cellular phone, cordless phone, session initiation protocol , SIP) telephones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, 5G A terminal device in a network or a terminal device in a public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) that evolves in the future, etc., are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • wearable device can also be called wearable smart device, which is a general term for the intelligent design of daily wear and the development of wearable devices using wearable technology, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories.
  • Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the terminal device may also be a terminal device in an Internet of Things (IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • the terminal device of the present application may also be an on-board module, on-board module, on-board component, on-board chip or on-board unit built into the vehicle as one or more components or units.
  • An on-board component, on-board chip or on-board unit may implement the method of the present application.
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • LTE-V long term evolution-vehicle
  • V2X vehicle-to-vehicle
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • the access network device in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as a wireless access network device, which is a device used to communicate with terminal devices, and may be a transmission reception point (TRP), or a LTE system.
  • Evolved base station evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB
  • can also be a home base station for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB
  • base band unit base band unit
  • BBU base band unit
  • an access network device may include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) node and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) node.
  • the CU implements some functions of the access network equipment
  • the DU implements some functions of the access network equipment.
  • the CU can be responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and realizes the functions of the RRC and SDAP layers and the functions of the PDCP layer
  • the DU is responsible for processing
  • the physical layer protocol and real-time services implement the functions of the RLC layer, the MAC layer and the physical (PHY) layer.
  • the access network device may be other devices with wireless transceiver functions.
  • an access network device provides services for a cell
  • a terminal device communicates with the cell through transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) allocated by the access network device
  • the cell may belong to a macro base
  • a base station for example, a macro eNB or a macro gNB, etc.
  • the small cell here may include: a metro cell, a micro cell, and a pico cell. cell), femto cell, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmit power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
  • 1 to 3 are schematic diagrams of the architecture of a dual-connection communication system to which the technical solutions of the present application can be applied.
  • FIG. 1 shows the EN-DC (E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity) system architecture.
  • EN-DC is also called Option3 series (Option3 series).
  • LTE access network equipment eg, eNB
  • NR access network equipment eg, en-gNB
  • the access network equipment is connected to the fourth generation (4th generation, 4G) core network (evolved packet core, EPC), providing air interface transmission resources for data between the terminal equipment and the EPC, among which the main access network equipment and the EPC
  • 4G fourth generation
  • EPC evolved packet core
  • Figure 2 shows the NE-DC (NR-E-UTRA Dual Connectivity) system architecture.
  • NE-DC is also known as Option4 series (Option4 series).
  • NR access network equipment eg, gNB
  • LTE access network equipment eg, ng-eNB
  • primary access network equipment and secondary access network equipment All network devices are connected to the 5G core network (5G core, 5GC) to provide air interface transmission resources for data between terminal devices and 5GC.
  • 5G core network 5G core, 5GC
  • FIG. 3 shows the NGEN-DC (NG-RAN E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity) system architecture.
  • NGEN-DC is also known as Option7 series (Option7series).
  • an LTE access network device eg, ng-eNB
  • an NR access network device eg, gNB
  • both the primary access network device and the secondary access network device are connected to the 5GC to provide air interface transmission resources for data between the terminal device and the 5GC.
  • FIG. 1 to FIG. 3 are only examples, and the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to other dual-connection communication systems.
  • 5G also supports the DC of NR and NR, that is, the primary access network device and the secondary access network device are both NR access network devices.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a specific architecture of the EN-DC communication system.
  • the access network equipment includes an LTE base station eNB and an NR base station en-gNB, and the eNB and the en-gNB jointly provide air interface transmission resources for data between the terminal equipment and the EPC.
  • the eNB provides the termination point of the E-UTRAN user plane and control plane protocol stack.
  • the en-gNB acts as a secondary access network device and provides the termination point for the NR user plane and control plane protocols.
  • eNB and eNB, eNB and en-gNB, and en-gNB and en-gNB are connected through X2 interface, wherein en-gNB and en-gNB are connected through X2-U interface; eNB and en-gNB Connect with the EPC through the S1 interface, wherein the en-gNB connects with the EPC through the S1-U interface.
  • the core network equipment is changed from 4G core network equipment to 5G core network equipment (for example, access and mobility management function (AMF) entities, session management function (session management function) , SMF) entity and user plane function (user plane function, UPF) entity, etc.), the interface has changed from S1/X2 to NG/Xn.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF session management function
  • UPF user plane function
  • a terminal device can accept services provided by two access network devices, and when the terminal device is under one access network device, it can simultaneously accept services from multiple cells of the access network device.
  • the serving cell group provided by the primary access network equipment for the terminal equipment may be called a master cell group (MCG), and the serving cell group provided by the secondary access network equipment for the terminal equipment may be called a secondary cell group (secondary cell group). , SCG).
  • MCG master cell group
  • secondary cell group secondary cell group
  • the primary cell group and the secondary cell group respectively include at least one cell. There is one primary cell (primary cell, PCell) in the primary cell group, and one primary secondary cell (primary second cell, PSCell) in the secondary cell group.
  • the primary cell and the primary and secondary cells may be collectively referred to as a special cell (special cell, SpCell).
  • special cell special cell
  • SCell secondary cell
  • the secondary cells in each cell group perform carrier aggregation with the primary cell or the primary and secondary cells to jointly provide transmission resources for terminal equipment.
  • PCell is deployed at the main frequency point (or, in other words, works on the main carrier), and is the cell corresponding to the terminal equipment initiating the initial connection establishment process or the connection re-establishment process, that is, the terminal equipment initiates the initial connection establishment process or initiates the connection re-establishment process in a certain cell.
  • the cell is called the primary cell.
  • the cell to be handed over may be referred to as the target cell or the target primary cell.
  • the SCell works on the secondary carrier, and once the RRC connection is established, the secondary cell may be configured to provide additional radio resources.
  • PSCell is a terminal device that performs random access or initial physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmission in the SCG (for example, in the process of changing the secondary access network device, the terminal device can skip the random access process and directly send data transmission), or a cell in the SCG belonging to the secondary access network device that initiates random access during the synchronization reconfiguration process.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • Carrier aggregation is a technology in which multiple cells (carriers) are configured for a single terminal device to jointly transmit data. Through carrier aggregation, terminal equipment can use multiple cells (carriers) for uplink and downlink communication at the same time, thereby supporting high-speed data transmission.
  • the plurality of cells one of them is a PCell, and the others are SCells.
  • Serving cell a terminal device in the RRC connected state (RRC_CONNECTED), if carrier aggregation or dual connectivity is not configured, there is only one serving cell, namely PCell. If carrier aggregation or dual connectivity is configured, the serving cell of the terminal device is a cell set composed of PCell, PSCell and all SCells.
  • Candidate cell With the movement of the terminal equipment, the signal quality of the channel of the serving cell of the terminal equipment gradually weakens, while the signal quality of some neighboring cells of the serving cell gradually increases.
  • the network access device can configure at least one neighboring cell as a candidate cell to the terminal device, and the terminal device can determine the target cell to be handed over from the at least one candidate cell.
  • SN addition is a process initiated by the primary access network device to add secondary access network devices to the terminal device.
  • the SN adding process establishes the context of the terminal device in the SN for the terminal device, and provides the terminal device with the resources of the SN.
  • the resources of the above-mentioned SN may include at least one of the following items: SCG radio bearer, PDCP configuration, RLC configuration, MAC configuration, and the like.
  • the SCG radio bearer may include SN terminated bearer or SCG bearer, etc.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of the SN adding process. It should be noted that FIG. 5 only takes the EN-DC architecture as an example.
  • the secondary access network device is an SgNB. In order not to be distinguished by a specific DC architecture, they are collectively referred to as secondary access network devices.
  • the primary access network device sends an SN addition request message to the secondary access network device, and accordingly, the secondary access network device receives the SN addition request message from the primary access network device.
  • the SN addition request message is used to request the secondary access network device to allocate corresponding radio resources for the dual connection of the terminal device.
  • the SN addition request message may include a cell measurement result corresponding to the secondary access network device, which is used for the secondary access network device to configure the SCG (or configure the SCG cell(s)).
  • the SN addition request message may also include necessary security information (eg, security keys, etc.) for the secondary access network device.
  • the SN addition request message may be S-NODE ADDITION REQUEST, SN Addition Request or SgNB Addition Request, etc.
  • the secondary access network device if the secondary access network device can accept the request of the primary access network device, the secondary access network device replies to the primary access network device with an SN add request confirmation message, and accordingly, the primary access network device receives the secondary access network device The SN addition request confirmation message sent by the network device.
  • the SN addition request confirmation message is used to confirm the SN addition request to the primary access network device.
  • the SN addition request confirmation message includes the new SCG radio resource configuration replied to the primary access network device, so that the primary access network device sends it to the terminal device.
  • the SN Addition Request Acknowledge message may be S-NODE ADDITION REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE, SN Addition Request Acknowledge, or SgNB Addition Request Acknowledge, etc.
  • the secondary access network device may also reject the request of the primary access network device, and the secondary access network device replies to the primary access network device with a SN Addition Request Reject message.
  • the primary access network device After receiving the SN addition request confirmation message sent by the secondary access network device, the primary access network device sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the RRC reconfiguration message from the primary access network device Configuration message, the RRC reconfiguration message is used to configure a new SCG configuration for the terminal device. That is to say, the primary access network device sends the SCG radio resource configuration received in 502 to the terminal device without modification.
  • the RRC reconfiguration message may be an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message or an RRCReconfiguration message or the like.
  • the terminal device applies the received SCG radio resource configuration, and replies an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the primary access network device.
  • the access network device receives the RRC reconfiguration complete message sent by the terminal device.
  • the RRC reconfiguration complete message may carry an RRC response (RRC Response) message returned to the secondary access network device.
  • the terminal device may perform a reconfiguration failure procedure, for example, the terminal device initiates an RRC re-establishment procedure.
  • the primary access network device notifies the secondary access network device that the terminal device has completed the SN reconfiguration process by sending an SN reconfiguration complete message (for example, SgNB Reconfiguration Complete) to the secondary access network device, and reconfigures the RRC
  • an SN reconfiguration complete message for example, SgNB Reconfiguration Complete
  • the RRC response message possibly carried in the completion message is forwarded to the secondary access network device.
  • the terminal device performs a synchronization process with the secondary access network device (or PSCell).
  • the terminal device performs a random access procedure with the secondary access network device (or PSCell). After the terminal device completes the random access process, it can send an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the secondary access network device.
  • the secondary access network device or PSCell.
  • this embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution order of step 504 and step 506 .
  • the access network device sends a handover message to indicate the relevant information of the target cell to which the terminal device needs to be handed over, while in conditional handover (CHO), the access network device can configure one of the terminal devices. Or the CHO configuration information of the multiple candidate cells is sent to the terminal device, and the terminal device selects the target cell to be handed over from the one or more candidate cells.
  • the target cell here may be referred to as a target primary cell.
  • the source access network device may send the CHO configuration information corresponding to one or more candidate cells to the terminal device through an RRC message.
  • the source access network device sends an RRC message to the terminal device when the signal quality of the source link is good.
  • the RRC message may include CHO configuration information corresponding to each candidate cell in the at least one candidate cell.
  • the RRC message may be a newly defined message (for example, CondRRCReconfiguration or other naming/expression forms, which is not limited) or reuse an existing RRC message. It should be noted that when the source access network device configures multiple candidate cells for the terminal device, the source access network device may send the CHO configuration information corresponding to the multiple candidate cells to the terminal device through one or more RRC messages.
  • the CHO configuration information may include: cell information of the candidate cell and condition information for CHO.
  • the cell information of the candidate cell may include at least one of the following:
  • the candidate cell is the cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) allocated by the terminal equipment, the random access channel (RACH) resource information used to access the candidate cell, and the index information corresponding to the candidate cell (For example, the measurement identifier measID corresponding to the cell and/or the CHO-ConfigId corresponding to the cell), the cell global identity (CGI) of the candidate cell, the physical cell identifier (PCI) of the candidate cell, Frequency information corresponding to the candidate cell, physical layer configuration parameters corresponding to the candidate cell, MAC layer configuration parameters corresponding to the candidate cell, RLC layer configuration parameters corresponding to the candidate cell, PDCP layer configuration parameters corresponding to the candidate cell, SDAP layer configuration corresponding to the candidate cell parameters, and RRC layer configuration parameters corresponding to the candidate cell, etc.
  • C-RNTI cell radio network temporary identifier
  • RACH random access channel
  • the condition information may be CHO execution condition information, which may include: CHO execution event type and corresponding threshold value.
  • the CHO execution event type may include event A3, event A4, event A5, event B1, event B2, or other execution event types.
  • a candidate cell may be configured with one or more CHO execution conditions.
  • a candidate cell may be configured with one execution event type, but with at least one threshold value and/or at most two different trigger qualities (trigger quantity),
  • the trigger quality may include at least one of reference signal received power (RSRP), signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR), and reference signal received quality (RSRQ).
  • RSRP reference signal received power
  • SINR signal to interference plus noise ratio
  • RSSQ reference signal received quality
  • a candidate cell may be configured with at most two different execution event types, and threshold values corresponding to each execution event type.
  • the CHO execution event types corresponding to different candidate cells and/or the threshold values corresponding to the execution event types may be the same or different, which are not limited.
  • the terminal device After receiving the above RRC message, the terminal device determines whether the candidate cell satisfies the CHO execution condition according to the RRC message, and takes a candidate cell that satisfies the CHO execution condition as the target cell or the target primary cell. Specifically, the terminal device may judge whether the CHO execution condition is satisfied according to the CHO configuration information.
  • the configured CHO trigger event type is A3 event
  • the configured corresponding threshold value is the first threshold value (it should be noted that, corresponding to different trigger qualities, the first threshold value may be the same or different ).
  • the candidate cell A may be considered to satisfy the CHO execution condition, and the candidate cell A may be determined as the target cell.
  • the signal quality may include at least one of RSRP, RSRQ and SINR, for example, the signal quality includes RSRP and RSRQ, or the signal quality includes RSRP and SINR, or others, which are not limited.
  • the terminal device can consider that the candidate cell A satisfies the CHO execution condition, and the candidate cell A can be determined as the target cell .
  • the configured CHO trigger event type is A5 event
  • the configured corresponding thresholds are the second threshold and the third threshold, then when the cell signal quality of candidate cell B is higher than the second threshold
  • the cell signal quality of the serving cell is lower than the third threshold, it can be considered that the candidate cell B satisfies the CHO triggering condition, and the candidate cell B can be determined as the target cell.
  • an event A5 is configured, and two trigger qualities are configured, for example, RSRP and RSRQ, the configured second threshold corresponding to RSRP is W, the third threshold is S, and the configured second threshold corresponding to RSRQ is T, the third threshold is Y, then when the RSRP of the candidate cell B is higher than W, the RSRP of the serving cell is lower than S, and the RSRQ of the candidate cell B is higher than T, and the RSRQ of the serving cell is lower than Y, the terminal device can consider The candidate cell B satisfies the CHO execution condition, and the candidate cell B can be determined as the target cell or the target primary cell.
  • two trigger qualities are configured, for example, RSRP and RSRQ
  • the configured second threshold corresponding to RSRP is W
  • the third threshold is S
  • the configured second threshold corresponding to RSRQ is T
  • the third threshold is Y
  • the terminal device may attempt to access the target cell or the target primary cell, for example, the terminal device performs a random access procedure with the target cell or the target primary cell.
  • the terminal device successfully accesses the target cell or the target primary cell, it can be considered that the CHO procedure is successful.
  • the reliability and robustness of cell handover can be improved to a certain extent, but after the terminal device successfully completes the above CHO process, the terminal device can only communicate with one cell (for example, the terminal device determined by the terminal device that meets the CHO execution conditions)
  • the present application provides a configuration method and device, which can quickly configure the CA and/or DC in the CHO process.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a CA configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method shown in FIG. 6 includes at least part of the following.
  • the method shown in FIG. 6 may be performed by the terminal device and the access network device, or may be performed by a module or unit (eg, a circuit, a chip or a system on a chip (SOC), etc. in the terminal device and the access network device, etc. )implement.
  • a module or unit eg, a circuit, a chip or a system on a chip (SOC), etc. in the terminal device and the access network device, etc.
  • SOC system on a chip
  • the source access network device sends first information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first information from the source access network device.
  • the first information indicates CA bandwidth (band) combination information supported by at least one candidate cell.
  • At least one candidate cell is used by the terminal device to select the target primary cell from it. That is, the terminal device can determine the target primary cell to be handed over to from at least one candidate cell.
  • the first information may indicate CA band combination information supported by some or all of the candidate cells in the at least one candidate cell.
  • At least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cell 1, cell 2, and cell 3, where the frequency point of cell 1 is f1, the CA band combinations supported by cell 1 are f1+f2 and f1+f3, and cell 2
  • the frequency of cell 2 is f5+f1
  • the frequency point of cell 3 is f2
  • the CA band combination supported by cell 3 is f1+f2.
  • the first information can indicate cell 1
  • the supported CA band combinations are f1+f2 and f1+f3
  • the CA band combination supported by cell 2 is f5+f1
  • the CA band combination supported by cell 3 is f1+f2.
  • the at least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cell 1, cell 2, and cell 3, wherein the bandwidth of cell 1 is band1, the CA band combinations supported by cell 1 are band1+band2 and band1+band3, and cell 3
  • the bandwidth is band2
  • the CA band combination supported by cell 3 is band1+band2
  • the first information can indicate that the CA band combination supported by cell 1 is band1+band2 and band1+band3
  • the CA band combination supported by cell 3 is band1+band2.
  • the first information may be sent through an RRC message.
  • the first information may be carried in an RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the first information may be sent through one or more RRC messages.
  • the source access network device can send multiple RRC messages, and each RRC message can carry the CA band combination information supported by a candidate cell.
  • the source access network device may send an RRC message, where the RRC message may carry CA band combination information supported by some or all of the candidate cells in the at least one candidate cell.
  • the terminal device may send an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the source access network device, and correspondingly, the source network device receives the RRC reconfiguration complete message sent by the terminal device.
  • step 602 the terminal device selects/determines a target primary cell from at least one candidate cell.
  • the terminal device may select/determine the target primary cell according to the cell information of the at least one candidate cell from the source access network device and the CHO execution condition information of the at least one candidate cell.
  • step 604 may be performed, that is, the source access network device may send fourth information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives fourth information from the source access network device, where the fourth information indicates the above at least one candidate The cell information of the cell and the CHO execution condition information of the above at least one candidate cell; the terminal device can select the target primary cell from the at least one candidate cell according to the fourth information. This will not be repeated here.
  • the fourth information may be sent through an RRC message.
  • the fourth information may be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the fourth information may be sent through one or more RRC messages.
  • the first information and the fourth information may be sent through the same message or different messages, which are not limited.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the manner in which the source access network device obtains the fourth information.
  • the source access network device may obtain the cell information of the at least one candidate cell according to the cell information received from the at least one candidate access network device, for example, the source access network device may obtain the above cell information through a handover confirmation message; further, the source access network device may The network access device can configure CHO execution condition information for at least one candidate cell respectively; after that, the source access network device can send the received cell information and CHO execution condition information of the at least one candidate cell to the terminal device through an RRC message, that is, to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends fourth information.
  • the description of the cell information and the CHO execution condition information reference may be made to the relevant description of the conditional handover above, which will not be repeated here.
  • step 603 the terminal device determines at least one candidate secondary cell according to the first information.
  • the terminal device determines at least one candidate secondary cell according to the determined target primary cell and the CA band combination supported by the target primary cell, wherein the band combination composed of the at least one candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the target primary cell The CA band combination supported by the cell.
  • At least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, the terminal device selects cell 1 from the at least one candidate cell as the target primary cell, and the frequency point of cell 1 is f1, and the CA band combination supported by cell 1 For f1+f2 and f1+f3, the terminal device may determine the cell with the frequency point f2 or f3 as the candidate secondary cell.
  • the at least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, the terminal device selects cell 1 from the at least one candidate cell as the target primary cell, and the band of cell 1 is band1, and the CA band combination supported by cell 1 For band1+band2 and band1+band3, the terminal device may determine a cell with a bandwidth of band2 or band3 as a candidate secondary cell.
  • the terminal device can determine at least one candidate secondary cell from the cells that the terminal device can or is capable of detecting.
  • the at least one candidate secondary cell determined in this manner is recorded as at least one secondary cell.
  • At least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, cell 1 satisfies the CHO execution condition, the terminal device selects cell 1 as the target primary cell, and the bandwidth of cell 1 is band1, and cell 1 indicated by the first information
  • the supported CA band combinations are band1+band2 and band1+band3.
  • the terminal device detects cell A, cell B, cell C, and cell D.
  • the bandwidth of cell A and cell B is band2, the bandwidth of cell C is band3, and the bandwidth of cell C is band3.
  • the bandwidth of D is band4. Since the band combination composed of cell A, cell B, and cell C and the target primary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the target primary cell, cell A, cell B, and cell C can be determined as the corresponding target primary cell. candidate secondary cells.
  • cell A, cell B, cell C, and cell D are different cells
  • cells 1-4 are different cells
  • the cells in cells A-D and cells in cells 1-4 may be the same or different.
  • the terminal device may determine at least one candidate secondary cell from at least one candidate cell, and for the convenience of subsequent descriptions, the at least one candidate secondary cell determined in this manner is recorded as at least one second candidate secondary cell .
  • the UE may determine other candidate cells that satisfy the CHO execution condition except the target primary cell from the multiple candidate cells. Whether CA communication can be provided for the terminal device together with the target primary cell, the terminal device determines a cell in which CA communication can be provided for the terminal device together with the target primary cell as a candidate secondary cell.
  • At least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, wherein the bandwidth of cell 1 is band1, the bandwidth of cell 2 is band1, the bandwidth of cell 3 is band2, and the bandwidth of cell 4 is band3.
  • the terminal device determines that the target primary cell is cell 1.
  • the first information sent by the access network device to the terminal device may indicate CA band combination information supported by cells 1-4.
  • the first information indicates that the CA band combinations supported by cell 1 are band1+band2 and band1+band3. Since the target primary cell is cell 1, the terminal device can determine whether cell 2, cell 3, and cell 4 can provide CA communication for the terminal device together with cell 1.
  • the band combination composed of cell 3 and the target primary cell belongs to the target primary cell
  • the supported CA band combination the band combination composed of cell 4 and the target primary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the target primary cell, so cell 3 and cell 4 can be determined as candidate secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell.
  • the terminal device may also consider the signal quality of the cell when determining at least one candidate secondary cell. For example, the terminal device selects a cell that can provide CA communication with the target primary cell and has better signal quality as the terminal device. candidate secondary cells.
  • the source access network device can send the first signal quality threshold value to the terminal device, that is, step 605 is executed, so that the terminal device can choose to provide CA communication and signal quality for the terminal device together with the target primary cell. A cell higher than the first signal quality threshold value is used as a candidate secondary cell.
  • the first signal quality threshold value may be sent through an RRC message.
  • the first signal quality threshold value may be sent through an RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device when selecting the second candidate secondary cell from at least one candidate cell, may also select the band combination formed with the target primary cell to belong to the target primary cell according to whether the candidate cell belongs to the same access network device The supported CA band combination, and the cell belonging to the same access network equipment as the target primary cell is used as the second candidate secondary cell.
  • At least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, where cells 1-3 belong to the first candidate access network device, cell 4 belongs to the second candidate access network device, and the bandwidth of cell 1 is band1 , the bandwidth of cell 2 is band1, the bandwidth of cell 3 is band2, and the frequency of cell 4 is band3.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the fourth information, that cell 1, cell 3 and cell 4 all satisfy the CHO execution condition. In an example, the terminal device selects cell 1 as the target primary cell.
  • the first information sent by the access network device to the terminal device may indicate the CA bandwidth band combination information supported by cells 1-4. For example, the first information indicates that the CA band combinations supported by cell 1 are band1+band2 and band1+band3.
  • the terminal device can determine that the band combination composed of cell 3 and cell 1 belongs to the CA band combination supported by cell 1, and the band combination composed of cell 4 and cell 1 belongs to the CA band combination supported by cell 1. They belong to the same access network device, and cell 4 and cell 1 belong to different access network devices. Therefore, the terminal device determines that cell 3 is the second candidate secondary cell.
  • the terminal device may obtain information on whether two or more candidate cells belong to the same access network device from the source access network device.
  • step 606 may be executed, that is, the source access network device sends the second information to the terminal device, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the second information sent by the source access network device, wherein the second information indicates at least one candidate cell in the whether two or more of the candidate cells belong to the same access network device, and/or the second information indicates whether two or more of the candidate cells in the at least one candidate cell belong to different access network devices .
  • the at least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, the cells 1-3 belong to the same access network device, and the cells 1-3 and 4 do not belong to the same access network device.
  • the second information may indicate that cell 1 and cell 2 belong to the same access network device, cell 1 and cell 3 belong to the same access network device, and cell 2 and cell 3 belong to the same access network device.
  • the second indication information may indicate that cell 1, cell 2, and cell 3 belong to the same access network device.
  • the second indication information may indicate that cell 1 and cell 4 do not belong to the same access network device, cell 2 and cell 4 do not belong to the same access network device, and cell 3 and cell 4 do not belong to the same access network device.
  • the second information may indicate that cells 1-3 and cell 4 do not belong to the same access network device.
  • the second information may be sent through an RRC message.
  • the second information may be sent through an RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device attempts to access/handover to the target primary cell. For example, the terminal device initiates a random access procedure to the target access network device, so that the terminal device switches/accesses the target access network device.
  • the terminal device sends information of at least one candidate secondary cell to the target access network device, and correspondingly, the target access network device receives the at least one candidate secondary cell sent by the terminal device.
  • the information of the candidate secondary cell wherein the target access network device is the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs, and FIG. 6 takes the first candidate access network device as the determined target access network device as an example.
  • the information of the at least one candidate secondary cell may include identification information of the at least one candidate secondary cell, a signal quality measurement result of the at least one candidate secondary cell, and the like.
  • the above-mentioned identification information includes at least one of PCI, frequency information, CGI, cell index, measurement identification (measID) corresponding to the cell, and CHO-ConfigId corresponding to the cell.
  • the information of at least one candidate secondary cell may be sent through an RRC message.
  • the information of at least one candidate secondary cell may be sent through the RRC reconfiguration complete message.
  • the target access network device may determine at least one secondary cell according to the received information of at least one candidate secondary cell, that is, perform step 609 .
  • the target access network device may configure some or all of the at least one candidate secondary cell reported by the terminal device as secondary cells and activate it. For example, the target access network device decides whether to configure CA and which cells can be finally determined as secondary cells according to the signal quality measurement result of at least one candidate secondary cell and whether it belongs to the same access network device as the target primary cell.
  • step 610 may also be performed, that is, the target access network device may send the information of the finally determined at least one secondary cell to the terminal device.
  • the target access network device sends the determined cell information of at least one secondary cell and configuration information of at least one secondary cell (eg, information elements ServingCellConfig and ServingCellConfigCommon in TS38331-f70) to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may configure the secondary cell, and further, optionally, activate the secondary cell. That is, the terminal device can complete the CA configuration.
  • the terminal device determines that cell 2 and cell 3 are the second candidate secondary cells. Then, the terminal device sends the information of the cell 2 and the cell 3 to the target access network device. Further, the target access network device can determine whether to configure CA and which cells are determined as secondary cells. In an example, the target access network device determines cell 2 as a secondary cell that can provide CA communication for the terminal device together with the target cell. , the target access network device sends the cell information and configuration information of cell 2 (for example, the information elements ServingCellConfig and ServingCellConfigCommon in TS38331-f70) to the terminal device, and then the terminal device configures cell 2 to be able to communicate with the target cell.
  • the target access network device sends the cell information and configuration information of cell 2 (for example, the information elements ServingCellConfig and ServingCellConfigCommon in TS38331-f70) to the terminal device, and then the terminal device configures cell 2 to be able to communicate with the target cell.
  • the terminal equipment can activate cell 2, that is, the cell 1 and cell 2 under the jurisdiction of the target access network equipment can communicate with the terminal equipment at the same time,
  • the band combination composed of cell 1 and cell 2 is the CA band combination supported by the terminal device/target access network device.
  • the secondary cell finally determined in the embodiment of the present application and the target primary cell belong to the same access network device.
  • first information, the second information, the third information and the fourth information shown in FIG. 6 may be sent through one message, or may be sent through different messages, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the execution sequence of steps 601 , 604 , 605 and 606 .
  • the RRC configuration complete message is a reply to the first message in step 601
  • the RRC configuration complete message is a reply to the RRC message containing the first information, the second information, the third information and the fourth information; if the second information, the third information and the fourth information are different from the first information through If the message is sent, there may be corresponding replies to the different messages.
  • the source access network device indicates to the terminal device the CA band combination information supported by at least one candidate cell, the information on whether the candidate cells belong to the same access network device, and the signal quality threshold value, etc., so that the terminal device After determining the target primary cell and successfully accessing the target primary cell, the device can send the information of the cell that can provide CA communication for the terminal device together with the target primary cell to the target primary cell, and then the target primary cell can decide whether it is the terminal The device configures CA and which cells are configured as secondary cells.
  • the CA can be quickly configured in the CHO process, which helps to reduce the CA configuration delay and improve the system throughput.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a DC configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method shown in FIG. 7 includes at least part of the following.
  • the method shown in FIG. 7 may be performed by the terminal device and the access network device, or may be performed by a module or unit (eg, circuit, chip, or SOC, etc.) in the terminal device and the access network device.
  • a DC configuration method according to an embodiment of the present application is described by taking a terminal device and an access network device as an execution subject as an example.
  • the source access network device sends first information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first information from the source access network device.
  • the first information indicates DC band combination information supported by at least one candidate cell.
  • At least one candidate cell is used by the terminal device to select the target primary cell from it. That is, the terminal device can determine the target primary cell to be handed over to from at least one candidate cell.
  • the first information may indicate DC band information supported by some or all of the candidate cells in the at least one candidate cell.
  • At least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cell 1, cell 2, and cell 4.
  • the frequency point of cell 1 is f1
  • the DC band combinations supported by cell 1 are f1+f2 and f1+f4
  • the frequency point of cell 2 is f1+f2.
  • the point is f5, the DC band combination supported by cell 2 is f5+f1, the frequency point of cell 4 is f2, and the DC band combination supported by cell 4 is f2+f3.
  • the DC band combination is f1+f2 and f1+f4, the CA band combination supported by cell 2 is f5+f1, and the DC band combination supported by cell 4 is f2+f3.
  • At least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cell 1, cell 2, and cell 4.
  • the bandwidth of cell 1 is band1
  • the DC band combinations supported by cell 1 are band1+band2 and band1+band4
  • the bandwidth of cell 4 is band1+band2 and band1+band4.
  • the DC band combination supported by cell 4 is band2+band3.
  • the first information can indicate that the DC band combination supported by cell 1 is band1+band2 and band1+band4, and the DC band combination supported by cell 4 is band2. +band3.
  • the first information may be sent through an RRC message.
  • the first information may be carried in an RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the first information may be sent through one or more RRC messages.
  • the source access network device can send multiple RRC messages, and each RRC message can carry the DC band combination information supported by a candidate cell.
  • the source access network device may send an RRC message, where the RRC message may carry DC band information supported by some or all of the candidate cells in the at least one candidate cell.
  • step 702 the terminal device selects/determines a target primary cell from at least one candidate cell.
  • the selection/determination method of the target cell in this embodiment of the present application is similar to the selection/determination method of the target cell in FIG. 6 .
  • step 702 may refer to the description of step 602
  • step 704 may refer to the description of step 604, which will not be repeated here. .
  • step 703 the terminal device determines at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the first information.
  • the terminal device determines at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the determined target primary cell and the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell, wherein the band combination composed of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to DC band combination supported by the target primary cell.
  • At least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, the terminal device selects cell 1 from the at least one candidate cell as the target primary cell, and the frequency point of cell 1 is f1, and the DC band combination supported by cell 1 For f1+f2 and f1+f4, the terminal device may determine the cell with the frequency point f2 or f4 as the candidate primary and secondary cells.
  • the at least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, the terminal device selects cell 1 from the at least one candidate cell as the target primary cell, and the band of cell 1 is band1, and the DC band combination supported by cell 1 For band1+band2 and band1+band4, the terminal device may determine a cell with a bandwidth of band2 or band4 as a candidate primary and secondary cell.
  • the terminal device may determine at least one candidate primary and secondary cell from the cells that the terminal device can or is capable of detecting.
  • the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell determined in this manner is recorded as At least one first candidate primary and secondary cell.
  • At least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, cell 1 satisfies the CHO execution condition, the terminal device selects cell 1 as the target primary cell, and the bandwidth of cell 1 is band1, and cell 1 indicated by the first information
  • the supported DC band combinations are band1+band2 and band1+band4.
  • the terminal device detects cell A, cell B, cell C, and cell D.
  • the bandwidth of cell A and cell B is band2, the bandwidth of cell C is band3, and the bandwidth of cell C is band3.
  • the bandwidth of D is band4. Since the band combination composed of cell A, cell B, and cell D and the target primary cell belongs to the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell, the terminal device can determine that cell A, cell B, and cell D are the target primary cell.
  • cell A, cell B, cell C, and cell D are different cells
  • cells 1-4 are different cells
  • the cells in cells A-D and cells in cells 1-4 may be the same or different.
  • the terminal device may determine at least one candidate primary and secondary cell from at least one candidate cell, and for the convenience of subsequent description, the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell determined in this manner is recorded as at least one second candidate Primary and secondary districts.
  • the terminal device can determine other candidates that satisfy the CHO execution conditions except the target primary cell from the multiple candidate cells. Whether the cell can provide DC communication for the terminal device together with the target primary cell, the terminal device determines the cell in which the DC communication can be provided for the terminal device together with the target primary cell as a candidate primary and secondary cell.
  • At least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, wherein the bandwidth of cell 1 is band1, the bandwidth of cell 2 is band2, the bandwidth of cell 3 is band2, and the bandwidth of cell 4 is band3.
  • the terminal device determines that the target primary cell is cell 1.
  • the first information sent by the access network device to the terminal device may indicate DC band combination information supported by cells 1-4.
  • the first information indicates that the DC band combinations supported by cell 1 are band1+band2 and band1+band4. Since the target primary cell is cell 1, the terminal equipment can determine whether cell 2, cell 3, and cell 4 can provide DC communication with cell 1 for the terminal equipment.
  • DC band combination the band combination composed of cell 3 and the target primary cell belongs to the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell, so the terminal device can determine cell 2 and cell 3 as candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell.
  • the terminal device may also consider the signal quality of the cell when determining at least one candidate primary and secondary cell. For example, the terminal device selects a cell that can provide DC communication with the target primary cell for the terminal device and has better signal quality as a candidate primary and secondary cell.
  • the source access network device can send the second signal quality threshold value to the terminal device, that is, step 705 is executed, so that the terminal device can choose to provide DC communication and signal quality for the terminal device together with the target primary cell. A cell higher than the second signal quality threshold value is used as a candidate primary and secondary cell.
  • the second signal quality threshold value may be sent through an RRC message.
  • the second signal quality threshold value may be sent through an RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device when selecting the second candidate primary and secondary cells from at least one candidate cell, may also select the band combination composed of the target primary cell and the target primary cell to belong to the target according to whether the candidate cells belong to the same access network device.
  • the DC band combination supported by the primary cell and the cell belonging to a different access network device from the target primary cell is used as the second candidate primary and secondary cell.
  • At least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, where cells 1-3 belong to the first candidate access network device, cell 4 belongs to the second candidate access network device, and the bandwidth of cell 1 is band1 , the bandwidth of cell 2 is band2, the bandwidth of cell 3 is band2, and the bandwidth of cell 4 is band4.
  • the terminal device determines, according to the fourth information, that cell 1, cell 3 and cell 4 all satisfy the CHO execution condition. In an example, the terminal device selects cell 1 as the target primary cell.
  • the first information sent by the access network device to the terminal device may indicate DC band combination information supported by cells 1-4. For example, the first information indicates that the DC band combinations supported by cell 1 are band1+band2 and band1+band4.
  • the terminal device determines that the band combinations composed of cell 2, cell 3 and cell 1 belong to the DC band combination supported by cell 1, but since cell 2, cell 3 and cell 1 belong to the same access network device, therefore, cell 2, cell 3 and cell 1 belong to the same access network device.
  • Cell 3 cannot be a candidate primary and secondary cell of the target primary cell.
  • the terminal device determines that the band combination composed of cell 4 and cell 1 belongs to the DC band combination supported by cell 1, and that cell 4 and cell 1 belong to different access network devices. Therefore, the terminal device can determine cell 4 as the target host. The second candidate primary and secondary cells of the cell.
  • the terminal device may obtain information on whether two or more candidate cells belong to the same access network device from the source access network device.
  • step 706 may be executed, that is, the source access network device sends the second information to the terminal device, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the second information sent by the source access network device, where the second information indicates at least one candidate cell in the whether two or more of the candidate cells belong to the same access network device, and/or the second information indicates whether two or more of the candidate cells in the at least one candidate cell belong to different access network devices .
  • the second information may be sent through an RRC message.
  • the second information may be sent through an RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device attempts to access/handover to the target primary cell. For example, the terminal device initiates a random access procedure to the target access network device, so that the terminal device switches/accesses the target access network device.
  • the terminal device sends information of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell to the target access network device, and accordingly, the target access network device receives at least one information sent by the terminal device.
  • Information of a candidate primary and secondary cell wherein the target access network device is the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs.
  • the first candidate access network device is the determined target access network device as an example.
  • the information of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell may include identification information of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, a signal quality measurement result of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, and the like.
  • the above-mentioned identification information includes at least one of PCI, frequency information, CGI, cell index, measurement identification (measID) corresponding to the cell, and CHO-ConfigId corresponding to the cell.
  • the information of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell may be sent through an RRC message.
  • the information of at least one candidate secondary primary cell may be sent through the RRC reconfiguration complete message.
  • the target access network device may determine the primary and secondary cells according to the received information of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, and perform step 709 .
  • the target access network device may determine one of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cells reported by the terminal device as the primary and secondary cell.
  • the target access network device decides whether to configure DC and which cell to add as the primary and secondary cell according to the signal quality measurement result of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and whether it belongs to the same access network device as the target primary cell.
  • step 710 after the target access network device determines the primary and secondary cells, it may perform a secondary node addition process with the access network device to which the primary and secondary cells belong. It is not repeated here.
  • step 711 may also be performed, that is, the target access network device may send the configuration information of the SCG to the terminal device.
  • the target access network device sends the cell information of the primary and secondary cells, the configuration information of the primary and secondary cells (for example, the information elements ServingCellConfig and ServingCellConfigCommon in TS38331-f70), and the information of the secondary cells of the primary and secondary cells.
  • the cell information and the configuration information of the secondary cells of the primary and secondary cells (for example, the information elements ServingCellConfig and ServingCellConfigCommon in TS38331-f70) are sent to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can configure the SCG.
  • the terminal equipment performs the configuration of the primary and secondary cells, and optionally performs the configuration of the secondary cells of the primary and secondary cells. That is, the terminal device can complete the DC configuration.
  • At least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, where cell 1-2 belongs to the first candidate access network device, cell 3-4 belongs to the second candidate access network device, and the bandwidth of cell 1 is band1, the bandwidth of cell 2 is band2, the bandwidth of cell 3 is band2, and the frequency of cell 4 is band3.
  • the terminal device determines that cell 1, cell 3, and cell 4 all meet the CHO execution conditions.
  • the terminal device selects cell 1 as the target primary cell, and the target access network device is the first candidate access network equipment.
  • the first information sent by the access network device to the terminal device may indicate carrier aggregation DC bandwidth band combination information supported by cells 1-4.
  • the first information indicates that the DC band combinations supported by cell 1 are band1+band2 and band1+band3. Then, the terminal device can determine that the band combinations composed of cell 2, cell 3, and cell 4 and cell 1 belong to the DC band combination supported by cell 1. Since cell 2 and cell 1 belong to the same access network device, cell 3, cell 4 and Cell 1 belongs to different access network devices. Therefore, the terminal device determines that cell 3 and cell 4 are the second candidate primary and secondary cells. Then, the terminal device sends the information of cell 3 and cell 4 to the target access network device. Further, the target access network device can determine whether to configure DC and which cell is determined as the primary and secondary cell.
  • the target access network device determines cell 4 as a cell that can provide DC communication for the terminal device together with the target primary cell.
  • the target access network device sends the cell information and configuration information of cell 4 (for example, the information elements ServingCellConfig and ServingCellConfigCommon in TS38331-f70) to the terminal device, and then the terminal device configures cell 4 to enable Together with the target primary cell (that is, cell 1), the primary and secondary cells that provide the terminal equipment with DC communication, further, optionally, the terminal equipment can activate cell 4, that is, the cell 1 and the second candidate access under the jurisdiction of the target access network equipment
  • the cell 4 governed by the network equipment can communicate with the terminal equipment at the same time.
  • the band combination formed by the cell 1 and the cell 2 is the DC band combination supported by the terminal equipment/target access network equipment.
  • the target primary cell in the embodiment of the present application belongs to the primary access network device, and the finally determined primary and secondary cells belong to the secondary access network device, and the two belong to different access network devices.
  • first information, the second information, the third information and the fourth information shown in FIG. 7 may be sent through one message, or may be sent through different messages, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the execution sequence of steps 701 , 704 , 705 and 706 .
  • the source access network device indicates to the terminal device the DC band combination information supported by at least one candidate cell, the information on whether the candidate cells belong to the same access network device, and the signal quality threshold value, etc., so that the terminal device After the device determines the target primary cell and successfully accesses the target primary cell, it sends the information of the cell that can provide DC communication for the terminal device together with the target primary cell to the target primary cell, and then the target primary cell can decide whether it is a terminal device or not. Configure the DC and configure which cell is the primary and secondary cell.
  • the DC can be quickly configured in the CHO process, so as to reduce the DC configuration delay and improve the system throughput.
  • the embodiments shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 may be implemented independently or in combination.
  • the first information may indicate the CA band combination information and the DC band combination information supported by the at least one candidate cell
  • the second information may indicate two of the at least one candidate cell. Whether the one or more candidate cells belong to the same access network device, and/or indicates whether two or more candidate cells in at least one candidate cell do not belong to the same access network device; third information
  • the first signal quality threshold value and the second signal quality threshold value may be indicated; the information of at least one secondary cell reported by the terminal equipment, wherein the cell in the at least one secondary cell may belong to the MCG or the SCG.
  • the embodiments shown in Figure 6 and Figure 7 are implemented together, that is, the CA and DC are configured at the same time during the CHO process, which can quickly configure the CA and DC, which helps to reduce the configuration delay of the CA and DC and improve the system throughput. .
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a CA and/or DC configuration method provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the method shown in FIG. 8 may be performed by the terminal device and the access network device, or may be performed by a module or unit (for example, a circuit, a chip or a system on a chip (SOC), etc. in the terminal device and the access network device, etc. )implement.
  • the CA and/or DC configuration method according to the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the terminal device and the access network device as the execution subjects as an example.
  • the method shown in FIG. 8 includes at least part of the following.
  • the source access network device may send fifth information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the fifth information sent by the source access network device.
  • the fifth information includes configuration information of at least one candidate cell, and the fifth information further includes configuration information of at least one third candidate secondary cell, configuration information of at least one third candidate primary secondary cell, and at least one fourth candidate secondary cell. At least one of the configuration information.
  • at least one third candidate secondary cell is a candidate secondary cell corresponding to at least one candidate cell
  • at least one third candidate primary secondary cell is a candidate primary secondary cell corresponding to at least one candidate cell
  • at least one fourth candidate secondary cell is at least one candidate secondary cell Candidate secondary cells corresponding to the candidate primary and secondary cells.
  • the band combination composed of the candidate cell and at least one third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the candidate cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the candidate cell
  • the band combination composed of the candidate cell and at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell corresponding to the candidate cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the candidate cell.
  • the DC band combination supported by the candidate cell, the band combination formed by the third candidate primary and secondary cell and at least one fourth candidate secondary cell corresponding to the third candidate primary and secondary cell belong to the CA band combination supported by the third candidate primary and secondary cell.
  • the configuration information includes cell information and condition information.
  • the configuration information of the candidate cell includes the cell information of the candidate cell and the CHO execution condition information
  • the configuration information of the third candidate secondary cell includes the cell information of the third candidate secondary cell and the addition condition information of the secondary cell
  • the third candidate primary secondary cell The configuration information of the cell includes the cell information of the third candidate primary and secondary cells and the addition condition information of the primary and secondary cells
  • the configuration information of the fourth candidate secondary cell includes the cell information of the fourth candidate secondary cell and the addition condition information of the secondary cell.
  • the fifth information may be sent through an RRC message.
  • the fifth information may be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the fifth information may be sent through one or more RRC messages.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the fifth information, the terminal device sends an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the source access network device, and accordingly, the source network device receives the RRC reconfiguration complete message sent by the terminal device.
  • step 802 the terminal device selects/determines a target primary cell from at least one candidate cell.
  • the selection/determination method of the target cell in this embodiment of the present application is similar to the selection/determination method of the target cell in FIG. 6 , and will not be described in detail here. The difference is that in addition to acquiring the cell information of at least one candidate cell from the at least one candidate access network device, the source access network device also acquires cell information of at least one third candidate secondary cell and cell information of at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell. , and at least one of cell information of at least one fourth candidate secondary cell. In some implementation manners, the source access network device may obtain the above cell information through steps 807-808.
  • the source access network device In addition to determining the CHO execution condition information of each candidate cell in the at least one candidate cell, the source access network device also determines the addition condition information of each third candidate secondary cell, the addition condition information of each third candidate primary and secondary cell, and At least one of the addition condition information of each fourth candidate secondary cell.
  • the CHO execution condition information of the candidate cell can refer to the relevant description in the conditional handover above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the addition condition information of the third candidate secondary cell, the addition condition information of the third candidate primary and secondary cells, and the fourth candidate is similar to the CHO execution condition information of the candidate cell, and may also include the event type and the threshold value corresponding to the event type.
  • the specific event type may be similar to the event type in the CHO execution condition information, for example, A4
  • the event can be used as an event for adding a secondary cell/primary and secondary cell, that is, when the signal quality of the candidate secondary cell is higher than a certain threshold (such as the first threshold), the cell can be added as a secondary cell, or, when the candidate primary and secondary cells are When the signal quality is higher than a certain threshold (eg, a second threshold), the cell can be added as a primary and secondary cell.
  • a certain threshold eg, a second threshold
  • A2, A3, A5, B1, and B2 can also be used as events for adding secondary cells/primary and secondary cells, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device determines the secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, and/or determines the primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, and/or determines the secondary cell corresponding to the primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell.
  • the terminal device determines the secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell.
  • the terminal device determines whether the at least one candidate cell satisfies the CHO execution condition, and the terminal device determines the candidate cell that satisfies the CHO execution condition as For a more detailed description of the target primary cell, please refer to the relevant description of the conditional handover above, which will not be repeated here. Further, the terminal device determines whether the at least one third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell satisfies the addition condition of the secondary cell, and if the addition condition is satisfied, the terminal device adds the at least one third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell to the secondary cell.
  • All or part of the cells that satisfy the conditions for adding secondary cells are determined as target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell.
  • the terminal device can configure at most N secondary cells together with the target primary cell to provide CA communication for the terminal device. Then, in an example, the terminal device can add at least one third candidate that satisfies the secondary cell addition condition. At most N cells with the best signal quality in the secondary cell are determined as the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, or, in an example, the terminal device may randomly select at least one third candidate secondary cell that satisfies the secondary cell addition condition. At most N cells are determined as the target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell, or the target secondary cells are determined in other ways, which are not limited.
  • the terminal device determines the primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell.
  • the terminal device determines whether the at least one candidate primary cell satisfies the CHO execution condition, and the terminal device selects the candidate cell that satisfies the CHO execution condition Determined as the target primary cell. Further, the terminal device determines whether the at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell satisfies the addition condition of the primary and secondary cells, and if the addition condition is satisfied, the terminal device adds the at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell. Among the secondary cells, a cell that satisfies the conditions for adding the primary and secondary cells is determined as the target primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell.
  • the terminal device can determine the cell with the highest signal quality as the target primary and secondary cell, or arbitrarily select one of them One of the cells is used as the target primary and secondary cells, or the cell with the highest frequency priority is determined as the target primary and secondary cells, or the target primary and secondary cells are determined in other ways, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the terminal device determines the secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell and the primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell.
  • the terminal device determines whether at least one candidate primary cell satisfies the CHO execution condition , the terminal device determines the candidate cell that satisfies the CHO execution condition as the target primary cell. Further, the terminal device determines whether the at least one third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell satisfies the addition condition of the secondary cell, and if the addition condition is satisfied, the terminal device adds the at least one third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell to the secondary cell. All or part of the cells that satisfy the conditions for adding secondary cells are determined as the target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell.
  • the specific method for determining the target secondary cell can refer to the above, and will not be repeated here; the terminal equipment determines at least one third cell corresponding to the target primary cell Whether the candidate primary and secondary cell satisfies the addition condition of the primary and secondary cells, if the addition condition is satisfied, the terminal device determines the cell that satisfies the primary and secondary cell addition conditions in at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell as the target primary cell
  • the specific method for determining the target primary and secondary cells may refer to the above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device determines the primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell and the secondary cells corresponding to the primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell.
  • the terminal device determines whether at least one candidate primary cell satisfies the CHO execution condition , the terminal device determines the candidate cell that satisfies the CHO execution condition as the target primary cell. Further, the terminal device determines whether the at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell satisfies the addition condition of the primary and secondary cells, and if the addition condition is satisfied, the terminal device adds the at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell.
  • a cell that satisfies the conditions for adding the primary and secondary cells is determined as the target primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, and the specific method for determining the target primary and secondary cell may refer to the above, and will not be repeated here. Further, the terminal device determines whether the at least one fourth candidate secondary cell corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell satisfies the addition condition of the secondary cell, and if the addition condition is satisfied, the terminal device adds the at least one fourth candidate secondary cell corresponding to the target primary secondary cell. Among the cells, a cell that satisfies the condition for adding a secondary cell is determined as a target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell.
  • the terminal device can configure at most M secondary cells together with the target primary and secondary cells to provide CA communication for the terminal device. Then, in an example, the terminal device can add at least one fourth cell that satisfies the secondary cell addition condition.
  • the candidate secondary cells at most M cells with the best signal quality are determined as target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary secondary cell, or, in an example, the terminal device may randomly add at least one fourth candidate secondary cell that satisfies the secondary cell addition condition.
  • At most M cells in the target secondary cells are determined as target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary and secondary cells, or the target secondary cells are determined in other ways, which are not limited.
  • the terminal device determines the secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, the primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, and the secondary cell corresponding to the primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell.
  • the terminal device It is judged whether at least one candidate primary cell satisfies the CHO execution condition, and the terminal device determines the candidate cell that satisfies the CHO execution condition as the target primary cell. Further, the terminal device determines whether the at least one third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell satisfies the addition condition of the secondary cell, and if the addition condition is satisfied, the terminal device adds the at least one third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell to the secondary cell.
  • All or part of the cells that satisfy the conditions for adding secondary cells are determined as the target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell.
  • the specific method for determining the target secondary cell can refer to the above, and will not be repeated here; the terminal equipment determines at least one third cell corresponding to the target primary cell Whether the candidate primary and secondary cell satisfies the addition condition of the primary and secondary cells, if the addition condition is satisfied, the terminal device determines the cell that satisfies the primary and secondary cell addition conditions in at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell as the target primary cell
  • the specific method for determining the target primary and secondary cells may refer to the above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device determines whether the at least one fourth candidate secondary cell corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell satisfies the addition condition of the secondary cell, and if the addition condition is satisfied, the terminal device adds the at least one fourth candidate secondary cell corresponding to the target primary secondary cell.
  • a cell that satisfies the condition for adding a secondary cell is determined as the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell, and the specific method for determining the target primary and secondary cell may refer to the above, and will not be repeated here.
  • steps 804 and 805 may also be performed.
  • the terminal device attempts to access/handover to the target primary cell. For example, the terminal device initiates a random access procedure to the target access network device, so that the terminal device switches/accesses the target access network device.
  • the terminal device also attempts to access the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell. For example, the terminal device may perform random access with the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell.
  • the terminal device also attempts to access the target primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell. For example, the terminal device may perform random access with the target primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell.
  • the terminal device also attempts to access the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell and the target primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell. For example, the terminal device may perform random access with the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, and perform random access with the target primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell.
  • the terminal device also attempts to access the target primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell and the target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary and secondary cells. For example, the terminal device may perform random access with the target primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell, and perform random access with the target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary and secondary cells.
  • the terminal device also attempts to access the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, the target primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, and the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary secondary cell.
  • the terminal device may perform random access with the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, perform random access on the target primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell, and perform random access on the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell.
  • step 805 after the terminal device accesses/switches to the target primary cell, the terminal device sends sixth information to the target access network device, and accordingly, the target access network device receives the sixth information sent by the terminal device, wherein,
  • the sixth information includes the information of the secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell (that is, the information of the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell), the information of the primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell (that is, the information of the target primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell) ) and at least one of the information of the secondary cells corresponding to the primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell (that is, the information of the target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary and secondary cells), and the target access network device is the access network to which the target primary cell belongs.
  • network device, and FIG. 8 takes the first candidate access network device as an example.
  • the sixth information includes information of the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell.
  • the sixth information includes information of the target primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell.
  • the sixth information includes information of the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell and information of the target primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell.
  • the sixth information includes information of the target primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell, and information of the target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary and secondary cells.
  • the sixth information includes information of the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, information of the target primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, and information of the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell.
  • the information of the target primary and secondary cells may include identification information and/or signal quality measurement results of the target primary and secondary cells
  • the information of the target secondary cells may include identification information and/or signal quality measurement results of the target secondary cells.
  • the identification information may include at least one of the following items: cell index (eg, index), PCI, frequency information, CGI, measurement identification (measID) corresponding to the cell, and CHO-ConfigId corresponding to the cell.
  • the sixth information may be sent through an RRC message.
  • the sixth information may be sent through an RRC reconfiguration complete message.
  • step 806 may also be performed.
  • step 806 the target access network device and the access network device to which the target primary and secondary cells belong to perform a secondary node adding process.
  • a secondary node adding process please refer to the relevant description in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
  • the source access network device may indicate the configuration information of at least one candidate cell to the terminal device, and in addition, the source access network device may indicate to the terminal device at least one of the following: configuration information of at least one candidate secondary cell that can provide the terminal device with CA communication together with the cells in the at least one candidate cell, configuration information of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that can provide the terminal device with DC communication together with the cell in the at least one candidate cell, and can communicate with The cells in the at least one candidate primary and secondary cells together provide the terminal device with configuration information of at least one candidate secondary cell for CA communication, and the terminal device may determine the target primary cell according to the received information, optionally, the terminal device may determine At least one of the following: a target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, a target primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, and a target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary secondary cell.
  • the CA and/or DC can be rapidly configured in the CHO process, so as to reduce the CA and/or DC configuration delay and improve the
  • the communication apparatus includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function.
  • the units and method steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed in the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application scenarios and design constraints of the technical solution.
  • FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 are schematic structural diagrams of possible communication apparatuses provided by embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication apparatus may be a terminal device or an access network device, and may also be a module (eg, a chip) applied to the terminal device or the access network device.
  • the communication apparatus 900 includes a processing unit 910 and a transceiver unit 920 .
  • the communication apparatus 900 is configured to implement the functions of the terminal device or the access network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the transceiver unit 920 is configured to receive first information from the source access network device, where the first information indicates CA band combination information and/or DC band combination information supported by at least one candidate cell.
  • the processing unit 910 is configured to select a target primary cell from the at least one candidate cell.
  • the processing unit 910 is further configured to determine at least one candidate secondary cell and/or at least one candidate primary secondary cell according to the first information, wherein the band combination composed of the at least one candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the selected secondary cell.
  • the CA band combination supported by the target primary cell, the band combination formed by the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell.
  • the transceiver unit 920 is further configured to send the information of the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the information of the at least one candidate primary secondary cell to the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs.
  • the transceiver unit 920 is further configured to receive second information from the source access network device, where the second information indicates whether two or more of the candidate cells belong to the same access network device.
  • the processing unit 910 is specifically configured to determine the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the at least one candidate primary secondary cell according to the first information and the second information, wherein the at least one candidate secondary cell is the same as the selected secondary cell.
  • the band combination formed by the target primary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the target primary cell
  • the band combination formed by the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell
  • the at least one second candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell belong to the same access network device
  • the at least one second candidate primary secondary cell and the target primary cell belong to different access network devices.
  • the transceiver unit 920 is further configured to receive third information from the source access network device, where the third information indicates the first signal quality threshold value and/or the second signal quality threshold value.
  • the processing unit 910 is specifically configured to determine the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the at least one candidate primary secondary cell according to the first information and the third information, wherein the at least one candidate secondary cell is the same as the selected secondary cell.
  • the band combination composed of the target primary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the target primary cell, and the signal quality of the at least one candidate secondary cell is greater than the first signal quality threshold, the at least one candidate primary secondary cell
  • the band combination formed with the target primary cell belongs to the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell, and the signal quality of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell is greater than the second signal quality threshold.
  • the transceiver unit 920 is further configured to receive the information of at least one secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell and/or the information of the primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell sent by the target access network device.
  • the access network device is the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs.
  • the transceiver unit 920 is further configured to receive fourth information from the source access network device, where the fourth information indicates the cell information of the at least one candidate cell and the CHO execution condition information of the at least one candidate cell.
  • the processing unit 910 is specifically configured to select the target primary cell from the at least one candidate cell according to the fourth information, where the target primary cell is a cell that satisfies the CHO execution condition.
  • the processing unit 910 is configured to determine first information, where the first information indicates CA band combination information and/or DC band combination information supported by at least one candidate cell, where the at least one candidate cell is used by the terminal device to select a target primary cell.
  • the transceiver unit 920 is configured to send the first information to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 920 is further configured to send second information to the terminal device, where the second information indicates whether two or more of the candidate cells belong to the same access network device.
  • the transceiver unit 920 is further configured to send third information to the terminal device, where the third information indicates the first signal quality threshold value and/or the second signal quality threshold value.
  • the transceiver unit 920 is further configured to send fourth information to the terminal device, where the fourth information indicates cell information of the at least one candidate cell and CHO execution condition information of the at least one candidate cell.
  • the transceiver unit 920 is configured to receive the information of at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the information of at least one candidate primary secondary cell sent by the terminal device, where the target access network device is the access network to which the target primary cell that satisfies the CHO execution condition belongs. equipment.
  • the processing unit 910 is configured to determine at least one secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell and/or corresponding to the target primary cell according to the information of the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the information of the at least one candidate primary secondary cell primary and secondary districts.
  • the transceiver unit 920 is further configured to send the information of the at least one secondary cell and/or the information of the primary and secondary cells to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 920 and the processing unit 910 are further configured to perform a secondary node addition process with the access network device to which the primary and secondary cell belongs when the target access network device determines the primary and secondary cell.
  • the transceiver unit 920 is configured to receive configuration information of at least one candidate cell from the source access network device, and receive configuration information of at least one third candidate secondary cell, configuration information of at least one third candidate primary secondary cell, and at least one fourth candidate secondary cell at least one of the configuration information of the secondary cell, wherein the at least one candidate cell is used by the terminal device to select the target primary cell, and the at least one third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the first candidate cell is the same as the first candidate cell.
  • the bandwidth band combination composed of the candidate cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the first candidate cell, and the band combination composed of at least one of the third candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the first candidate cell and the first candidate cell It belongs to the DC band combination supported by the first candidate cell, and the band combination composed of at least one of the fourth candidate secondary cell corresponding to the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell and the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell belongs to the fifth candidate
  • the CA band combination supported by the primary and secondary cells, the first candidate cell is any one of the at least one candidate cell, and the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell is any one of the at least one third candidate primary and secondary cells ;
  • the configuration information includes cell information and condition information, the condition information indicates the CHO execution condition, the addition condition of the secondary cell or the addition condition of the primary and secondary cells.
  • the processing unit 910 is configured to select a target primary cell from the at least one candidate cell according to the configuration information of the at least one candidate cell.
  • the processing unit 910 is further configured to determine, according to the configuration information of the at least one third candidate secondary cell, a secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell from at least one of the third candidate secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell; and or, according to the configuration information of the at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell, the terminal device determines, from at least one of the third candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell, the primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell A secondary cell; and/or, the terminal device determines, according to the configuration information of the at least one fourth candidate secondary cell, from at least one of the fourth candidate secondary cells corresponding to the primary secondary cell, the corresponding primary secondary cell sub-district.
  • the transceiver unit 920 is further configured to send the information about the secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, the information about the primary secondary cell, and the information about the secondary cell corresponding to the primary secondary cell to the target access network device.
  • At least one of the target access network equipment is the access network equipment to which the target primary cell belongs.
  • the transceiver unit 920 is configured to receive cell information of at least one candidate cell, and receive cell information of at least one third candidate secondary cell, cell information of at least one third candidate primary secondary cell, and cell information of at least one fourth candidate secondary cell At least one of the candidate cells, wherein the at least one candidate cell is used by the terminal equipment to select the target primary cell, and the bandwidth band combination composed of at least one of the third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the first candidate cell and the first candidate cell belongs to The CA band combination supported by the first candidate cell, the band combination formed by at least one of the third candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the first candidate cell and the first candidate cell belongs to the first candidate cell support DC band combination, the band combination formed by at least one of the fourth candidate secondary cell corresponding to the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell and the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell , the first candidate cell is any one of the at least one candidate cell, and the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell is any one of the at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell; it
  • the transceiver unit 920 is configured to receive at least one of the information of the secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, the information of the primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, and the information of the secondary cell corresponding to the primary secondary cell sent by the terminal device,
  • the target primary cell satisfies the CHO execution condition
  • the target access network device is the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs.
  • the transceiver unit 920 and the processing unit 910 are configured to perform a secondary node adding process with the access network device to which the primary and secondary cells belong.
  • the communication apparatus 1000 includes a processor 1010 and an interface circuit 1020 .
  • the processor 1010 and the interface circuit 1020 are coupled to each other.
  • the interface circuit 1020 can be a transceiver or an input-output interface.
  • the communication apparatus 1000 may further include a memory 1030 for storing instructions executed by the processor 1010 or input data required by the processor 1010 to run the instructions or data generated after the processor 1010 runs the instructions.
  • the processor 1010 is used to execute the functions of the above processing unit 910
  • the interface circuit 1020 is used to execute the functions of the above transceiver unit 920 .
  • the chip implements the functions of the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the terminal device, and the information is sent to the terminal device by other network elements; or, the chip sends information to other modules in the terminal device (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) information, which is sent by the terminal device to other network elements.
  • the chip When the above communication device is a chip applied to the source access network device, the chip implements the functions of the source access network device in the above method embodiments.
  • the chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the source access network device, and the information is sent by other network elements to the source access network device; or, the chip sends information to other devices in the source access network device.
  • a module (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna) sends information, which is sent by the source access network device to other network elements.
  • the chip When the above communication device is a chip applied to the target access network device, the chip implements the functions of the target access network device in the above method embodiments.
  • the chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the target access network device, and the information is sent by other network elements to the target access network device; or, the chip sends information to other modules in the target access network device.
  • a module (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna) sends information, which is sent by the target access network device to other network elements.
  • the processor in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), and may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), application-specific integrated circuits (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
  • the method steps in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in a hardware manner, or may be implemented in a manner in which a processor executes software instructions.
  • Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and software modules can be stored in random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM) , PROM), Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM), registers, hard disks, removable hard disks, CD-ROMs or known in the art in any other form of storage medium.
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • ROM read-only memory
  • PROM programmable read-only memory
  • PROM Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory
  • EPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor, such that the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be an integral part of the processor.
  • the processor and storage medium may reside in an ASIC.
  • the ASIC may be located in the terminal device, the source access network device or the target access network device.
  • the processor and the storage medium may also exist in the terminal device, the source access network device or the target access network device as discrete components.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer programs or instructions.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer program or instructions may be stored in or transmitted over a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server that integrates one or more available media.
  • the usable media can be magnetic media, such as floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes; optical media, such as DVD; and semiconductor media, such as solid state disks (SSD).
  • “at least one” means one or more, and “plurality” means two or more.
  • “And/or”, which describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can indicate: the existence of A alone, the existence of A and B at the same time, and the existence of B alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the related objects are a kind of "or” relationship; in the formula of this application, the character "/” indicates that the related objects are a kind of "division" Relationship.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a configuration method and apparatus. In the technical solution of the present application, a source access network device indicates, to a terminal device, information of a CA band combination and/or a DC band combination supported by at least one candidate cell; after determining a target primary cell and successfully accessing the target primary cell, the terminal device sends, to the target primary cell, information of a cell that can provide CA communication for the terminal device together with the target primary cell, and/or information of a cell that can provide DC communication for the terminal device together with the target primary cell, such that the target primary cell can decide whether to configure CA for the terminal device, which cells should be configured as secondary cells, whether to configure DC for the terminal device, and which cells should be added as primary and secondary cells. By means of the technical solution, CA and/or DC can be quickly configured during a CHO process, and the system throughput can be improved.

Description

配置方法和装置Configuration method and device 技术领域technical field

本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及配置方法和装置。The present application relates to the field of communications, and more particularly, to configuration methods and apparatus.

背景技术Background technique

传统的小区切换方案中连接态终端设备的移动性管理是由接入网设备控制的。由接入网设备通过发送切换消息指示终端设备进行小区切换;终端设备在接收到该切换消息后,根据切换消息中包含的目标小区的相关信息,尝试切换至目标小区。因此,切换消息的成功发送是保证传统切换能成功进行的必要条件。但是,当出现信道质量快速衰减、终端设备快速移动、物体的遮挡、测量或切换准备的持续时间较长时,很可能会导致切换消息的发送失败,进而导致切换流程失败,降低切换成功的概率。因此,条件切换(conditional handover,CHO)机制应运而生。In the traditional cell handover scheme, the mobility management of the terminal equipment in the connected state is controlled by the access network equipment. The access network device instructs the terminal device to perform cell handover by sending a handover message; after receiving the handover message, the terminal device attempts to handover to the target cell according to the relevant information of the target cell contained in the handover message. Therefore, the successful sending of the handover message is a necessary condition to ensure that the traditional handover can be successfully performed. However, when the channel quality is rapidly attenuated, the terminal equipment moves rapidly, objects are occluded, and the duration of measurement or handover preparation is long, it is likely to cause the handover message to fail to be sent, which in turn causes the handover process to fail, reducing the probability of successful handover. . Therefore, the conditional handover (CHO) mechanism emerges as the times require.

但是通过目前的CHO机制进行小区切换,终端设备只能与一个小区或者一个接入网设备进行通信,会影响系统吞吐量,降低用户体验满意度。However, through the current CHO mechanism for cell handover, the terminal device can only communicate with one cell or one access network device, which will affect the system throughput and reduce user experience satisfaction.

发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

本申请提供配置方法和装置,能够实现在CHO过程中配置载波聚合(carrier aggregation,CA)和/或双连接(dual connectivity,DC),有助于提升系统吞吐量。The present application provides a configuration method and apparatus, which can realize the configuration of carrier aggregation (CA) and/or dual connectivity (DC) in the CHO process, which helps to improve system throughput.

第一方面,本申请提供了一种配置方法,所述方法包括:终端设备从源接入网设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息指示至少一个候选小区支持的CA带宽(band)组合信息和/或DC band组合信息;所述终端设备从所述至少一个候选小区中选择目标主小区;所述终端设备根据所述第一信息,确定至少一个候选辅小区和/或至少一个候选主辅小区,其中,所述至少一个候选辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的CA band组合,所述至少一个候选主辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的DC band组合;所述终端设备向所述目标主小区所属的接入网设备发送所述至少一个候选辅小区的信息和/或所述至少一个候选主辅小区的信息。In a first aspect, the present application provides a configuration method, the method comprising: a terminal device receiving first information from a source access network device, the first information indicating CA bandwidth (band) combination information supported by at least one candidate cell and/or DC band combination information; the terminal device selects a target primary cell from the at least one candidate cell; the terminal device determines at least one candidate secondary cell and/or at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the first information cell, wherein the band combination composed of the at least one candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the target primary cell, and the band composed of the at least one candidate primary secondary cell and the target primary cell The combination belongs to the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell; the terminal device sends the information of the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the at least one candidate primary secondary cell to the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs Information.

至少一个候选辅小区与目标主小区组成的band组合属于目标主小区支持的CA band组合,也可以描述为,至少一个候选辅小区可以与目标主小区组成CA,或者,至少一个候选辅小区可以与目标主小区一起为终端设备提供CA通信。The band combination formed by at least one candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the target primary cell. It can also be described as, at least one candidate secondary cell can form a CA with the target primary cell, or at least one candidate secondary cell can be combined with the target primary cell. The target primary cell together provides CA communication for the terminal device.

至少一个候选主辅小区与目标主小区组成的band组合属于目标主小区支持的DC band组合,也可以描述为,至少一个候选主辅小区可以与目标主小区组成DC,或者,至少一个候选主辅小区可以与目标主小区一起为终端设备提供DC通信。The band combination composed of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell, which can also be described as, at least one candidate primary and secondary cell can form a DC with the target primary cell, or, at least one candidate primary and secondary cell The cell may provide DC communication for the terminal device together with the target primary cell.

在上述技术方案中,由源接入网设备向终端设备指示至少一个候选小区支持的CA band组合信息和/或DC band组合信息,终端设备在确定出目标主小区并成功接入目标主小区后,将可以与目标主小区一起为终端设备提供CA通信的小区的信息和/或可以与目标 主小区一起为终端设备提供DC通信的小区的信息发送给目标主小区,进而,使得目标主小区可以决定是否为终端设备配置CA、配置哪些小区作为辅小区、是否为终端设备配置DC以及添加哪个小区为主辅小区。通过该技术方案,可以实现在CHO过程中快速配置CA和/或DC,提升系统吞吐量。In the above technical solution, the source access network device indicates the CA band combination information and/or DC band combination information supported by at least one candidate cell to the terminal device. After the terminal device determines the target primary cell and successfully accesses the target primary cell , the information of the cell that can provide the terminal equipment with CA communication together with the target primary cell and/or the information of the cell that can provide the terminal equipment with DC communication together with the target primary cell is sent to the target primary cell, and then, the target primary cell can be Decide whether to configure CA for terminal equipment, configure which cells as secondary cells, whether to configure DC for terminal equipment, and which cell to add as primary and secondary cells. Through this technical solution, the CA and/or DC can be rapidly configured in the CHO process, and the system throughput can be improved.

此外,相比于完成CHO切换过程之后再配置CA和/或DC,在进行CHO的同时进行CA和/或DC配置,有助于减少CA和/或DC配置时延。In addition, compared to configuring the CA and/or DC after the CHO switching process is completed, performing the CA and/or DC configuration while performing the CHO helps to reduce the CA and/or DC configuration delay.

结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述至少一个候选辅小区包括至少一个第一候选辅小区和/或至少一个第二候选辅小区,所述至少一个第一候选辅小区为所述终端设备有能力检测到的小区,所述至少一个第二候选辅小区属于所述至少一个候选小区;和/或,所述至少一个候选主辅小区包括至少一个第一候选主辅小区和/或至少一个第二候选主辅小区,所述至少一个第一候选主辅小区为所述终端设备有能力检测到的小区,所述至少一个第二候选主辅小区属于所述至少一个候选小区。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the at least one candidate secondary cell includes at least one first candidate secondary cell and/or at least one second candidate secondary cell, and the at least one first candidate secondary cell is A cell that the terminal device is capable of detecting, the at least one second candidate secondary cell belongs to the at least one candidate cell; and/or, the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell includes at least one first candidate primary and secondary cell and /or at least one second candidate primary and secondary cell, the at least one first candidate primary and secondary cell is a cell that the terminal device is capable of detecting, and the at least one second candidate primary and secondary cell belongs to the at least one candidate cell .

终端设备有能力检测到的小区,也可以描述为终端设备可以检测到的小区。The cell that the terminal device is capable of detecting can also be described as the cell that the terminal device can detect.

可选地,第二候选辅小区满足CHO执行条件。Optionally, the second candidate secondary cell satisfies the CHO execution condition.

可选地,第二候选主辅小区满足CHO执行条件。Optionally, the second candidate primary and secondary cell satisfies the CHO execution condition.

在上述技术方案中,终端设备可以从终端设备有能力检测到的小区和/或至少一个候选小区中确定至少一个候选辅小区和/或至少一个候选主辅小区,有助于成功确定出合适的候选辅小区和候选主辅小区。In the above technical solution, the terminal device can determine at least one candidate secondary cell and/or at least one candidate primary secondary cell from the cells and/or at least one candidate cell that the terminal device is capable of detecting, which helps to successfully determine a suitable secondary cell. candidate secondary cells and candidate primary and secondary cells.

结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备从所述源接入网设备接收第二信息,所述第二信息指示两个或两个以上的所述候选小区是否属于同一个接入网设备;所述终端设备根据所述第一信息,确定至少一个候选辅小区和/或至少一个候选主辅小区,包括:所述终端设备根据所述第一信息和所述第二信息,确定所述至少一个候选辅小区和/或所述至少一个候选主辅小区,其中,所述至少一个候选辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的CA band组合,所述至少一个候选主辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的DC band组合,所述至少一个第二候选辅小区与所述目标主小区属于同一接入网设备,所述至少一个第二候选主辅小区与所述目标主小区属于不同接入网设备。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the terminal device receiving second information from the source access network device, the second information indicating two or more Whether the candidate cells belong to the same access network device; the terminal device determining at least one candidate secondary cell and/or at least one candidate primary secondary cell according to the first information, including: the terminal device according to the first information information and the second information to determine the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the at least one candidate primary secondary cell, wherein the band combination composed of the at least one candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the The CA band combination supported by the target primary cell, the band combination formed by the at least one candidate primary secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell, and the at least one second candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell are combined. The target primary cell belongs to the same access network device, and the at least one second candidate primary and secondary cell and the target primary cell belong to different access network devices.

可选地,第二信息还可以指示至少一个候选小区中的两个或两个以上的候选小区是否属于不同的接入网设备。Optionally, the second information may further indicate whether two or more candidate cells in the at least one candidate cell belong to different access network devices.

通常,能够为终端设备提供CA通信的小区属于同一接入网设备,能够为终端设备提供DC通信的小区属于不同接入网设备。在上述技术方案中,源接入网设备可以向终端设备指示各候选小区之间是否属于同一个接入网设备,有助于确定出合适的候选辅小区和候选主辅小区。Generally, cells capable of providing CA communication for terminal devices belong to the same access network device, and cells capable of providing DC communication for terminal devices belong to different access network devices. In the above technical solution, the source access network device can indicate to the terminal device whether each candidate cell belongs to the same access network device, which helps to determine suitable candidate secondary cells and candidate primary and secondary cells.

结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备从所述源接入网设备接收第三信息,所述第三信息指示第一信号质量门限值和/或第二信号质量门限值;所述终端设备根据所述第一信息,确定至少一个候选辅小区和/或至少一个候选主辅小区,包括:所述终端设备根据所述第一信息和所述第三信息,确定所述至少一个候选辅小区和/或所述至少一个候选主辅小区,其中,所述至少一个候选辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的CA band组合,且所述至少一个候选辅 小区的信号质量大于所述第一信号质量门限值,所述至少一个候选主辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的DC band组合,且所述至少一个候选主辅小区的信号质量大于所述第二信号质量门限值。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the terminal device receiving third information from the source access network device, where the third information indicates a first signal quality threshold value and/or a second signal quality threshold; the terminal device determining at least one candidate secondary cell and/or at least one candidate primary secondary cell according to the first information, including: the terminal device according to the first information and the third information, determine the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the at least one candidate primary secondary cell, wherein the band combination composed of the at least one candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the target The CA band combination supported by the primary cell, and the signal quality of the at least one candidate secondary cell is greater than the first signal quality threshold, and the band combination composed of the at least one candidate primary secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the The DC band combination supported by the target primary cell, and the signal quality of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell is greater than the second signal quality threshold.

在上述技术方案中,终端设备在确定至少一个候选辅小区和/或至少一个候选主辅小区时,考虑小区的信号质量,例如,终端设备选择可以与目标主小区一起为终端设备提供CA通信且信号质量较好的小区作为候选辅小区,选择可以与目标主小区一起为终端设备提供DC通信且信号质量较好的小区作为候选主辅小区,这样,有助于提高后续数据传输的可靠性。In the above technical solution, the terminal equipment considers the signal quality of the cell when determining at least one candidate secondary cell and/or at least one candidate primary secondary cell. A cell with better signal quality is used as a candidate secondary cell, and a cell with better signal quality that can provide DC communication for terminal equipment together with the target primary cell is selected as a candidate primary and secondary cell, which helps to improve the reliability of subsequent data transmission.

结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备从所述源接入网设备接收第二信息和第三信息,所述第二信息指示两个或两个以上的所述候选小区是否属于同一个接入网设备,所述第三信息指示第一信号质量门限值和/或第二信号质量门限值;所述终端设备根据所述第一信息,确定至少一个候选辅小区和/或至少一个候选主辅小区,包括:所述终端设备根据所述第一信息、第二信息和所述第三信息,确定所述至少一个候选辅小区和/或所述至少一个候选主辅小区,其中,所述至少一个候选辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的CA band组合,且所述至少一个候选辅小区的信号质量大于所述第一信号质量门限值,且所述至少一个候选辅小区与所述目标主小区属于同一接入网设备;所述至少一个候选主辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的DC band组合,且所述至少一个候选主辅小区的信号质量大于所述第二信号质量门限值,且所述至少一个候选主辅小区与所述目标主小区属于不同接入网设备。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the terminal device receiving second information and third information from the source access network device, the second information indicating two or Whether the two or more candidate cells belong to the same access network device, the third information indicates the first signal quality threshold value and/or the second signal quality threshold value; the terminal device according to the first signal quality threshold value information, and determining at least one candidate secondary cell and/or at least one candidate primary secondary cell, including: the terminal device determining the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the at least one candidate secondary cell according to the first information, the second information and the third information /or the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, wherein the band combination formed by the at least one candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the target primary cell, and the at least one candidate secondary cell The signal quality is greater than the first signal quality threshold, and the at least one candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell belong to the same access network device; the at least one candidate primary secondary cell and the target primary cell are composed of The band combination belonging to the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell, and the signal quality of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell is greater than the second signal quality threshold, and the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the The target primary cells belong to different access network devices.

可选地,第二信息还可以指示至少一个候选小区中的两个或两个以上的候选小区是否属于不同的接入网设备。Optionally, the second information may further indicate whether two or more candidate cells in the at least one candidate cell belong to different access network devices.

在上述技术方案中,终端设备在确定至少一个候选辅小区和/或至少一个候选主辅小区时,考虑小区的信号质量和小区的共站情况,有助于成功确定出合适的候选辅小区和候选主辅小区,以及提高后续数据传输的可靠性。In the above technical solution, when determining at least one candidate secondary cell and/or at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, the terminal equipment considers the signal quality of the cell and the co-site situation of the cell, which helps to successfully determine the appropriate candidate secondary cell and/or Candidate primary and secondary cells, and improve the reliability of subsequent data transmission.

结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备接收目标接入网设备发送的所述目标主小区对应的至少一个辅小区的信息和/或所述目标主小区对应的主辅小区的信息,所述目标接入网设备为所述目标主小区所属的接入网设备。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving, by the terminal device, information of at least one secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell sent by a target access network device and/or the Information about the primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell, where the target access network device is the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs.

结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备从所述源接入网设备接收第四信息,所述第四信息指示所述至少一个候选小区的小区信息和所述至少一个候选小区的CHO执行条件信息;所述终端设备从所述至少一个候选小区中选择目标主小区,包括:所述终端设备根据所述第四信息,从所述至少一个候选小区中选择所述目标主小区,所述目标主小区为满足所述CHO执行条件的小区。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving, by the terminal device, fourth information from the source access network device, where the fourth information indicates the location of the at least one candidate cell. cell information and CHO execution condition information of the at least one candidate cell; selecting, by the terminal device, a target primary cell from the at least one candidate cell includes: the terminal device selecting the target primary cell from the at least one candidate cell according to the fourth information The target primary cell is selected from the candidate cells, and the target primary cell is a cell that satisfies the CHO execution condition.

结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述小区信息包括以下各项中的至少一项:小区为所述终端设备分配的小区无线网络临时标识(cell radio network temporary identifier,C-RNTI)、接入小区所用的随机接入信道(random access channel,RACH)资源信息、小区对应的索引信息、小区的小区全球标识(cell global identity,CGI)、小区的物理小区标识(physical cell identifier,PCI)、小区对应的频率信息、小区对应的物理层配置参数、小区对应的媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层层配置参数、小区对应的无线 链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层配置参数、小区对应的分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层配置参数、小区对应的业务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)层配置参数、以及小区对应的无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)层配置参数。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the cell information includes at least one of the following items: a cell radio network temporary identifier (cell radio network temporary identifier, C- RNTI), random access channel (RACH) resource information used to access the cell, index information corresponding to the cell, cell global identity (CGI) of the cell, physical cell identifier (physical cell identifier) of the cell , PCI), the frequency information corresponding to the cell, the physical layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, the media access control (MAC) layer-by-layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, and the radio link control (RLC) corresponding to the cell ) layer configuration parameters, the packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, the service data adaptation protocol (SDAP) layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, and the radio resources corresponding to the cell Control (radio resource control, RRC) layer configuration parameters.

可选地,小区对应的频率信息可以包括以下各项中的任意一项:小区对应的频点、带宽、和子载波间隔等。Optionally, the frequency information corresponding to the cell may include any one of the following items: frequency point, bandwidth, and subcarrier spacing corresponding to the cell.

结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述CHO执行条件信息包括事件类型和与所述事件类型对应的门限值。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the CHO execution condition information includes an event type and a threshold value corresponding to the event type.

第二方面,本申请提供一种配置方法,所述方法包括:源接入网设备确定第一信息,所述第一信息指示至少一个候选小区支持的CA band组合信息和/或DC band组合信息,所述至少一个候选小区用于终端设备选择目标主小区;所述源接入网设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息。In a second aspect, the present application provides a configuration method, the method comprising: a source access network device determining first information, where the first information indicates CA band combination information and/or DC band combination information supported by at least one candidate cell , the at least one candidate cell is used by the terminal device to select the target primary cell; the source access network device sends the first information to the terminal device.

在上述技术方案中,由源接入网设备向终端设备指示至少一个候选小区支持的CA band组合信息和/或DC band组合信息,使得终端设备在确定出目标主小区并成功接入目标主小区后,可以将可以与目标主小区一起为终端设备提供CA通信的小区的信息和/或可以与目标主小区一起为终端设备提供DC通信的小区的信息发送给目标主小区,进而,使得目标主小区可以决定是否为终端设备配置CA、配置哪些小区作为辅小区、是否为终端设备配置DC以及添加哪个小区为主辅小区。通过该技术方案,可以实现在CHO过程中快速配置CA和/或DC,提升系统吞吐量。In the above technical solution, the source access network device indicates the CA band combination information and/or DC band combination information supported by at least one candidate cell to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines the target primary cell and successfully accesses the target primary cell. Then, the information of the cell that can provide the terminal device with CA communication together with the target primary cell and/or the information of the cell that can provide the terminal device with DC communication together with the target primary cell can be sent to the target primary cell, and then, the target primary cell is made. The cell can decide whether to configure CA for the terminal equipment, which cells to configure as secondary cells, whether to configure DC for the terminal equipment, and which cell to add as the primary and secondary cells. Through this technical solution, the CA and/or DC can be rapidly configured in the CHO process, and the system throughput can be improved.

此外,相比于完成CHO切换过程之后再配置CA和/或DC,在进行CHO的同时进行CA和/或DC配置,有助于减少CA和/或DC配置时延。In addition, compared to configuring the CA and/or DC after the CHO switching process is completed, performing the CA and/or DC configuration while performing the CHO helps to reduce the CA and/or DC configuration delay.

结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述CA band组合信息用于所述终端设备确定至少一个候选辅小区,DC band组合信息用于所述终端设备确定至少一个候选主辅小区。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the CA band combination information is used by the terminal device to determine at least one candidate secondary cell, and the DC band combination information is used by the terminal device to determine at least one candidate primary secondary cell .

结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述源接入网设备向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示两个或者两个以上的所述候选小区是否属于同一接入网设备。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the source access network device sends second information to the terminal device, where the second information indicates two or more Whether the candidate cells belong to the same access network device.

可选地,第二信息还可以指示至少一个候选小区中的两个或两个以上的候选小区是否属于不同的接入网设备。Optionally, the second information may further indicate whether two or more candidate cells in the at least one candidate cell belong to different access network devices.

通常,能够为终端设备提供CA通信的小区属于同一接入网设备,能够为终端设备提供DC通信的小区属于不同接入网设备。在上述技术方案中,源接入网设备可以向终端设备指示各候选小区之间是否属于同一个接入网设备,有助于终端设备确定出合适的候选辅小区和候选主辅小区。Generally, cells capable of providing CA communication for terminal devices belong to the same access network device, and cells capable of providing DC communication for terminal devices belong to different access network devices. In the above technical solution, the source access network device can indicate to the terminal device whether each candidate cell belongs to the same access network device, which helps the terminal device to determine suitable candidate secondary cells and candidate primary and secondary cells.

结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述源接入网设备向所述终端设备发送第三信息,所述第三信息指示第一信号质量门限值和/或第二信号质量门限值。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the source access network device sends third information to the terminal device, where the third information indicates a first signal quality threshold value and/or the second signal quality threshold value.

在上述技术方案中,源接入网设备可以向终端设备指示候选辅小区信号质量的门限值和候选主辅小区信号质量的门限值,使得终端设备在确定至少一个候选辅小区和/或至少一个候选主辅小区时,考虑小区的信号质量,例如,终端设备选择可以与目标主小区一起 为终端设备提供CA通信且信号质量较好的小区作为候选辅小区,选择可以与目标主小区一起为终端设备提供DC通信且信号质量较好的小区作为候选主辅小区,这样,有助于提高后续数据传输的可靠性。In the above technical solution, the source access network device may indicate to the terminal device the threshold value of the signal quality of the candidate secondary cell and the threshold value of the signal quality of the candidate primary secondary cell, so that the terminal device is determining at least one candidate secondary cell and/or When there is at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, the signal quality of the cell is considered. For example, the terminal device selects a cell that can provide CA communication for the terminal device together with the target primary cell and has better signal quality as a candidate secondary cell. A cell that provides DC communication for terminal equipment and has better signal quality is used as a candidate primary and secondary cell, which helps to improve the reliability of subsequent data transmission.

结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述源接入网设备向所述终端设备发送第四信息,所述第四信息指示所述至少一个候选小区的小区信息和所述至少一个候选小区的CHO执行条件信息。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the source access network device sends fourth information to the terminal device, where the fourth information indicates the location of the at least one candidate cell Cell information and CHO execution condition information of the at least one candidate cell.

结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述小区信息包括以下各项中的至少一项:小区为所述终端设备分配的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI、接入小区所用的随机接入信道RACH资源信息、小区对应的索引信息、小区的小区全球标识CGI、小区的物理小区标识PCI、小区对应的频率信息、小区对应的物理层配置参数、小区对应的媒体接入控制MAC层配置参数、小区对应的无线链路控制RLC层配置参数、小区对应的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层配置参数、小区对应的业务数据适配协议SDAP层配置参数、以及小区对应的无线资源控制RRC层配置参数。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the cell information includes at least one of the following items: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI allocated by the cell to the terminal device, a C-RNTI used to access the cell Random access channel RACH resource information, index information corresponding to the cell, cell global identifier CGI of the cell, physical cell identifier PCI of the cell, frequency information corresponding to the cell, physical layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, and media access control MAC corresponding to the cell Layer configuration parameters, radio link control RLC layer configuration parameters corresponding to cells, packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer configuration parameters corresponding to cells, service data adaptation protocol SDAP layer configuration parameters corresponding to cells, and radio resource control RRC layer corresponding to cells Configuration parameters.

可选地,小区对应的频率信息可以包括以下各项中的任意一项:小区对应的频点、带宽、和子载波间隔等。Optionally, the frequency information corresponding to the cell may include any one of the following items: frequency point, bandwidth, and subcarrier spacing corresponding to the cell.

结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述CHO执行条件信息包括事件类型和与所述事件类型对应的门限值。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the CHO execution condition information includes an event type and a threshold value corresponding to the event type.

第三方面,本申请提供一种配置方法,所述方法包括:目标接入网设备接收终端设备发送的至少一个候选辅小区的信息和/或至少一个候选主辅小区的信息,所述目标接入网设备为满足CHO执行条件的目标主小区所属的接入网设备;所述目标接入网设备根据所述至少一个候选辅小区的信息和/或所述至少一个候选主辅小区的信息,确定所述目标主小区对应的至少一个辅小区和/或所述目标主小区对应的主辅小区。In a third aspect, the present application provides a configuration method, the method comprising: a target access network device receiving information of at least one candidate secondary cell and/or information of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell sent by a terminal device, the target access network device receiving The network access device is the access network device to which the target primary cell that satisfies the CHO execution condition belongs; the target access network device, according to the information of the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the information of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, At least one secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell and/or primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell is determined.

在上述技术方案中,由终端设备确定出候选辅小区和/或候选主辅小区并上报给目标接入网设备,使得目标主小区可以决定是否为终端设备配置CA、配置哪些小区作为辅小区、是否为终端设备配置DC以及添加哪个小区为主辅小区。通过该技术方案,可以实现在CHO过程中快速配置CA和/或DC,提升系统吞吐量。In the above technical solution, the terminal device determines the candidate secondary cells and/or the candidate primary and secondary cells and reports them to the target access network device, so that the target primary cell can decide whether to configure CA for the terminal device, which cells to configure as secondary cells, Whether to configure DC for the terminal device and which cell to add as the primary and secondary cell. Through this technical solution, the CA and/or DC can be rapidly configured in the CHO process, and the system throughput can be improved.

此外,相比于完成CHO切换过程之后再配置CA和/或DC,在进行CHO的同时进行CA和/或DC配置,有助于减少CA和/或DC配置时延。In addition, compared to configuring the CA and/or DC after the CHO switching process is completed, performing the CA and/or DC configuration while performing the CHO helps to reduce the CA and/or DC configuration delay.

结合第三方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述目标接入网设备向所述终端设备发送所述至少一个辅小区的信息和/或所述主辅小区的信息。With reference to the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the target access network device sending the information of the at least one secondary cell and/or the information of the primary and secondary cells to the terminal device information.

结合第三方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,在所述目标接入网设备确定出所述主辅小区的情况下,所述方法还包括:所述目标接入网设备与所述主辅小区所属的接入网设备进行辅节点添加流程。With reference to the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner, when the target access network device determines the primary and secondary cells, the method further includes: the target access network device communicates with the primary and secondary cells. The access network device to which the secondary cell belongs performs the process of adding secondary nodes.

第四方面,本申请提供一种配置方法,所述方法包括:In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a configuration method, the method comprising:

终端设备从源接入网设备接收至少一个候选小区的配置信息,以及接收至少一个第三候选辅小区的配置信息、至少一个第三候选主辅小区的配置信息和至少一个第四候选辅小区的配置信息中的至少一个,其中,所述至少一个候选小区用于所述终端设备选择目标主小区,与第一候选小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选辅小区与所述第一候选小区组成的带宽band组合属于所述第一候选小区支持的CA band组合,与所述第一候选小区对应的至 少一个所述第三候选主辅小区与所述第一候选小区组成的band组合属于所述第一候选小区支持的DC band组合,与第五候选主辅小区对应的至少一个所述第四候选辅小区与所述第五候选主辅小区组成的band组合属于所述第五候选主辅小区支持的CA band组合,所述第一候选小区为所述至少一个候选小区中的任意一个,所述第五候选主辅小区为所述至少一个第三候选主辅小区中的任意一个;所述配置信息包括小区信息和条件信息,所述条件信息指示CHO执行条件、辅小区的添加条件或主辅小区的添加条件;The terminal device receives configuration information of at least one candidate cell from the source access network device, and receives configuration information of at least one third candidate secondary cell, configuration information of at least one third candidate primary secondary cell, and at least one fourth candidate secondary cell. At least one of the configuration information, wherein the at least one candidate cell is used by the terminal device to select a target primary cell, and at least one third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the first candidate cell is composed of the first candidate cell The bandwidth band combination of the first candidate cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the first candidate cell, and the band combination composed of at least one of the third candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the first candidate cell and the first candidate cell belongs to the The DC band combination supported by the first candidate cell, the band combination formed by at least one of the fourth candidate secondary cell and the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell corresponding to the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell belongs to the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell A supported CA band combination, the first candidate cell is any one of the at least one candidate cell, and the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell is any one of the at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell; the The configuration information includes cell information and condition information, and the condition information indicates the CHO execution condition, the addition condition of the secondary cell or the addition condition of the primary and secondary cells;

所述终端设备根据所述至少一个候选小区的配置信息,从所述至少一个候选小区中选择目标主小区;selecting, by the terminal device, a target primary cell from the at least one candidate cell according to the configuration information of the at least one candidate cell;

所述终端设备根据所述至少一个第三候选辅小区的配置信息,从所述目标主小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选辅小区中确定所述目标主小区对应的辅小区;和/或,所述终端设备根据所述至少一个第三候选主辅小区的配置信息,从所述目标主小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选主辅小区中确定所述目标主小区对应的主辅小区;和/或,所述终端设备根据所述至少一个第四候选辅小区的配置信息,从所述主辅小区对应的至少一个所述第四候选辅小区中确定所述主辅小区对应的辅小区。The terminal device determines, according to the configuration information of the at least one third candidate secondary cell, a secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell from at least one of the third candidate secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell; and/or , the terminal device determines, according to the configuration information of the at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell, the primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell from at least one of the third candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell and/or, the terminal device determines, according to the configuration information of the at least one fourth candidate secondary cell, the secondary cell corresponding to the primary secondary cell from at least one of the fourth candidate secondary cells corresponding to the primary secondary cell community.

与第一候选小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选辅小区与所述第一候选小区组成的带宽band组合属于所述第一候选小区支持的CA band组合,也可以描述为,与第一候选小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选辅小区可以与所述第一候选小区组成CA,或者,与第一候选小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选辅小区可以与所述第一候选小区一起为终端设备提供CA通信。The bandwidth band combination formed by at least one of the third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the first candidate cell and the first candidate cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the first candidate cell, and can also be described as a combination with the first candidate cell. At least one of the third candidate secondary cells corresponding to a cell may form a CA with the first candidate cell, or at least one of the third candidate secondary cells corresponding to the first candidate cell may be combined with the first candidate cell Provides CA communication for end devices.

与第一候选小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选主辅小区与所述第一候选小区组成的带宽band组合属于所述第一候选小区支持的DC band组合,也可以描述为,与第一候选小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选主辅小区可以与所述第一候选小区组成DC,或者,与第一候选小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选主辅小区可以与所述第一候选小区一起为终端设备提供DC通信。The bandwidth band combination formed by at least one of the third candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the first candidate cell and the first candidate cell belongs to the DC band combination supported by the first candidate cell, and can also be described as, the same as the first candidate cell. At least one of the third candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the candidate cell may form a DC with the first candidate cell, or at least one of the third candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the first candidate cell may be combined with the first candidate cell. The candidate cells together provide DC communication for the terminal device.

与第五候选主辅小区对应的至少一个所述第四候选辅小区与所述第五候选主辅小区组成的band组合属于所述第五候选主辅小区支持的CA band组合,也可以描述为,与第五候选主辅小区对应的至少一个所述第四候选辅小区可以与所述第五候选主辅小区组成CA,或者,与第五候选主辅小区对应的至少一个所述第四候选辅小区可以与所述第五候选主辅小区一起为终端设备提供CA通信。The band combination formed by at least one of the fourth candidate secondary cell and the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell corresponding to the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell, and can also be described as , at least one of the fourth candidate secondary cells corresponding to the fifth candidate primary and secondary cells may form a CA with the fifth candidate primary and secondary cells, or at least one of the fourth candidate secondary cells corresponding to the fifth candidate primary and secondary cells The secondary cell may provide CA communication for the terminal device together with the fifth candidate primary secondary cell.

在上述技术方案中,由源接入网设备向终端设备指示至少一个候选小区的配置信息,以及指示可以与至少一个候选小区中的小区一起为终端设备提供CA通信的至少一个候选辅小区的配置信息、可以与至少一个候选小区中的小区一起为终端设备提供DC通信的至少一个候选主辅小区的配置信息、和可以与至少一个候选主辅小区中的小区一起为终端设备提供CA通信的至少一个候选辅小区的配置信息中的至少一个,终端设备可以根据接收到的信息,确定出目标主小区,以及可选地确定出以下至少一项:目标主小区对应的目标辅小区、目标主小区对应的目标主辅小区、以及目标主辅小区对应的目标辅小区。通过该技术方案,可以实现在CHO过程中快速配置CA和/或DC,有助于提升系统吞吐量。In the above technical solution, the configuration information of at least one candidate cell is indicated to the terminal device by the source access network device, and the configuration information of at least one candidate secondary cell that can provide CA communication for the terminal device together with the cells in the at least one candidate cell is indicated information, configuration information of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that can provide the terminal device with DC communication with the cell of the at least one candidate cell, and at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that can provide the terminal device with the cell of the at least one At least one of the configuration information of a candidate secondary cell, the terminal device can determine the target primary cell according to the received information, and optionally determine at least one of the following: the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, the target primary cell The corresponding target primary and secondary cells, and the target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary and secondary cells. Through this technical solution, the CA and/or DC can be rapidly configured in the CHO process, which helps to improve the system throughput.

此外,相比于完成CHO切换过程之后再配置CA和/或DC,在进行CHO的同时进行CA和/或DC配置,有助于减少CA和/或DC配置时延。In addition, compared to configuring the CA and/or DC after the CHO switching process is completed, performing the CA and/or DC configuration while performing the CHO helps to reduce the CA and/or DC configuration delay.

结合第四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述终端设备向目标接入网设备发送所述目标主小区对应的辅小区的信息、所述主辅小区的信息、以及所述主辅小区对应的辅小区的信息中的至少一个,所述目标接入网设备为所述目标主小区所属的接入网设备。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the terminal device sending the information of the secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell and the information of the primary and secondary cells to the target access network device , and at least one of the information of the secondary cells corresponding to the primary and secondary cells, and the target access network device is the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs.

结合第四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述小区信息包括以下各项中的至少一项:小区为所述终端设备分配的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI、接入小区所用的随机接入信道RACH资源信息、小区对应的索引信息、小区的小区全球标识CGI、小区的物理小区标识PCI、小区对应的频率信息、小区对应的物理层配置参数、小区对应的媒体接入控制MAC层配置参数、小区对应的无线链路控制RLC层配置参数、小区对应的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层配置参数、小区对应的业务数据适配协议SDAP层配置参数、以及小区对应的无线资源控制RRC层配置参数。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the cell information includes at least one of the following items: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI allocated by the cell to the terminal device, a C-RNTI used to access the cell Random access channel RACH resource information, index information corresponding to the cell, cell global identifier CGI of the cell, physical cell identifier PCI of the cell, frequency information corresponding to the cell, physical layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, and media access control MAC corresponding to the cell Layer configuration parameters, radio link control RLC layer configuration parameters corresponding to cells, packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer configuration parameters corresponding to cells, service data adaptation protocol SDAP layer configuration parameters corresponding to cells, and radio resource control RRC layer corresponding to cells Configuration parameters.

可选地,小区对应的频率信息可以包括以下各项中的任意一项:小区对应的频点、带宽、和子载波间隔等。Optionally, the frequency information corresponding to the cell may include any one of the following items: frequency point, bandwidth, and subcarrier spacing corresponding to the cell.

结合第四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述条件信息包括事件类型和与所述事件类型对应的门限值。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the condition information includes an event type and a threshold value corresponding to the event type.

第五方面,本申请提供一种配置方法,所述方法包括:In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a configuration method, the method comprising:

源接入网设备接收至少一个候选小区的小区信息,以及接收至少一个第三候选辅小区的小区信息、至少一个第三候选主辅小区的小区信息和至少一个第四候选辅小区的小区信息中的至少一个,其中,所述至少一个候选小区用于终端设备选择目标主小区,与第一候选小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选辅小区与所述第一候选小区组成的带宽band组合属于所述第一候选小区支持的CA band组合,与所述第一候选小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选主辅小区与所述第一候选小区组成的band组合属于所述第一候选小区支持的DC band组合,与第五候选主辅小区对应的至少一个所述第四候选辅小区与所述第五候选主辅小区组成的band组合属于所述第五候选主辅小区支持的CA band组合,所述第一候选小区为所述至少一个候选小区中的任意一个,所述第五候选主辅小区为所述至少一个第三候选主辅小区中的任意一个;The source access network device receives cell information of at least one candidate cell, and receives cell information of at least one third candidate secondary cell, cell information of at least one third candidate primary secondary cell, and cell information of at least one fourth candidate secondary cell At least one of the candidate cells, wherein the at least one candidate cell is used by the terminal equipment to select the target primary cell, and the bandwidth band combination composed of at least one of the third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the first candidate cell and the first candidate cell belongs to The CA band combination supported by the first candidate cell, the band combination formed by at least one of the third candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the first candidate cell and the first candidate cell belongs to the first candidate cell support DC band combination, the band combination formed by at least one of the fourth candidate secondary cell corresponding to the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell and the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell , the first candidate cell is any one of the at least one candidate cell, and the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell is any one of the at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell;

所述源接入网设备向终端设备发送所述至少一个候选小区的配置信息,以及发送所述至少一个第三候选辅小区的配置信息、所述至少一个第三候选主辅小区的配置信息和所述至少一个第四候选辅小区的配置信息中的至少一个,所述配置信息包括小区信息和条件信息,所述条件信息指示CHO执行条件、辅小区的添加条件或主辅小区的添加条件。The source access network device sends the configuration information of the at least one candidate cell to the terminal device, and sends the configuration information of the at least one third candidate secondary cell, the configuration information of the at least one third candidate primary secondary cell, and At least one of the configuration information of the at least one fourth candidate secondary cell, the configuration information includes cell information and condition information, and the condition information indicates a CHO execution condition, an addition condition of a secondary cell, or an addition condition of the primary and secondary cells.

在上述技术方案中,由源接入网设备向终端设备指示至少一个候选小区的配置信息,以及指示可以与至少一个候选小区中的小区一起为终端设备提供CA通信的至少一个候选辅小区的配置信息、可以与至少一个候选小区中的小区一起为终端设备提供DC通信的至少一个候选主辅小区的配置信息、和可以与至少一个候选主辅小区中的小区一起为终端设备提供CA通信的至少一个候选辅小区的配置信息中的至少一个,以便终端设备可以根据接收到的信息,确定出目标主小区,以及可选地确定出以下至少一项:目标主小区对应的目标辅小区、目标主小区对应的目标主辅小区、以及目标主辅小区对应的目标辅小区。通过该技术方案,可以实现在CHO过程中快速配置CA和/或DC,有助于提升系统吞吐量。In the above technical solution, the configuration information of at least one candidate cell is indicated to the terminal device by the source access network device, and the configuration information of at least one candidate secondary cell that can provide CA communication for the terminal device together with the cells in the at least one candidate cell is indicated information, configuration information of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that can provide the terminal device with DC communication with the cell of the at least one candidate cell, and at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that can provide the terminal device with the cell of the at least one At least one of the configuration information of a candidate secondary cell, so that the terminal device can determine the target primary cell according to the received information, and optionally determine at least one of the following: the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, the target primary cell The target primary and secondary cells corresponding to the cells, and the target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary and secondary cells. Through this technical solution, the CA and/or DC can be rapidly configured in the CHO process, which helps to improve the system throughput.

此外,相比于完成CHO切换过程之后再配置CA和/或DC,在进行CHO的同时进行 CA和/或DC配置,有助于减少CA和/或DC配置时延。In addition, compared to configuring the CA and/or DC after completing the CHO switching process, performing the CA and/or DC configuration while performing the CHO helps to reduce the CA and/or DC configuration delay.

结合第五方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述小区信息包括以下各项中的至少一项:小区为所述终端设备分配的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI、接入小区所用的随机接入信道RACH资源信息、小区对应的索引信息、小区的小区全球标识CGI、小区的物理小区标识PCI、小区对应的频率信息、小区对应的物理层配置参数、小区对应的媒体接入控制MAC层配置参数、小区对应的无线链路控制RLC层配置参数、小区对应的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层配置参数、小区对应的业务数据适配协议SDAP层配置参数、以及小区对应的无线资源控制RRC层配置参数。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the cell information includes at least one of the following items: a cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI allocated by the cell to the terminal device, a C-RNTI used to access the cell Random access channel RACH resource information, index information corresponding to the cell, cell global identifier CGI of the cell, physical cell identifier PCI of the cell, frequency information corresponding to the cell, physical layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, and media access control MAC corresponding to the cell Layer configuration parameters, radio link control RLC layer configuration parameters corresponding to cells, packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer configuration parameters corresponding to cells, service data adaptation protocol SDAP layer configuration parameters corresponding to cells, and radio resource control RRC layer corresponding to cells Configuration parameters.

可选地,小区对应的频率信息可以包括以下各项中的任意一项:小区对应的频点、带宽、和子载波间隔等。Optionally, the frequency information corresponding to the cell may include any one of the following items: frequency point, bandwidth, and subcarrier spacing corresponding to the cell.

结合第五方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,所述条件信息包括事件类型和与所述事件类型对应的门限值。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the condition information includes an event type and a threshold value corresponding to the event type.

第六方面,本申请提供一种配置方法,所述方法包括:目标接入网设备接收终端设备发送的目标主小区对应的辅小区的信息、所述目标主小区对应的主辅小区的信息、以及所述主辅小区对应的辅小区的信息中的至少一个,所述目标主小区满足CHO执行条件,所述目标接入网设备为所述目标主小区所属的接入网设备;所述目标接入网设备与所述主辅小区所属的接入网设备进行辅节点添加流程。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a configuration method, the method comprising: receiving, by a target access network device, information of a secondary cell corresponding to a target primary cell, information of a primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell and sent by a terminal device, and at least one of the information of the secondary cells corresponding to the primary and secondary cells, the target primary cell satisfies the CHO execution condition, and the target access network device is the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs; the target primary cell The access network device performs a secondary node addition process with the access network device to which the primary and secondary cells belong.

在上述技术方案中,由终端设备确定出辅小区和/或主辅小区并上报给目标接入网设备,使得目标可以根据终端上报的信息,进行激活辅小区、进行辅节点添加流程等。通过该技术方案,可以实现在CHO过程中快速配置CA和/或DC,提升系统吞吐量。In the above technical solution, the secondary cell and/or the primary and secondary cells are determined by the terminal device and reported to the target access network device, so that the target can activate the secondary cell and perform the process of adding secondary nodes according to the information reported by the terminal. Through this technical solution, the CA and/or DC can be rapidly configured in the CHO process, and the system throughput can be improved.

此外,相比于完成CHO切换过程之后再配置CA和/或DC,在进行CHO的同时进行CA和/或DC配置,有助于减少CA和/或DC配置时延。In addition, compared to configuring the CA and/or DC after the CHO switching process is completed, performing the CA and/or DC configuration while performing the CHO helps to reduce the CA and/or DC configuration delay.

第七方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,包括用于执行第一方面或第一方面任意一种实现方式中的模块;或,包括用于执行第四方面或第四方面任意一种实现方式中的模块。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a communication device, comprising a module for performing the first aspect or any implementation of the first aspect; or, including a module for performing the fourth aspect or any implementation of the fourth aspect modules in the way.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置包括处理器,该处理器与存储器相连,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的软件程序,以实现第一方面或第一方面任意一种实现方式所述的方法,或实现第四方面或第四方面任意一种实现方式所述的方法。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device includes a processor, which is connected to a memory and configured to read and execute a software program stored in the memory, so as to implement the first aspect or any one of the first aspects The method described in the implementation manner, or the method described in the fourth aspect or any one of the implementation manners of the fourth aspect is implemented.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置还包括收发器。In a possible implementation, the communication device further includes a transceiver.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置为可以应用于终端设备的芯片。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device is a chip that can be applied to a terminal device.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置为终端设备。In a possible implementation manner, the communication apparatus is a terminal device.

第八方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,包括用于执行第二方面或第二方面任意一种实现方式中的模块;或,包括用于执行第五方面或第五方面任意一种实现方式中的模块。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, comprising a module for performing the second aspect or any implementation of the second aspect; or, including a module for performing the fifth aspect or any implementation of the fifth aspect modules in the way.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置包括处理器,该处理器与存储器相连,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的软件程序,以实现第二方面或第二方面任意一种实现方式所述的方法,或实现第五方面或第五方面任意一种实现方式所述的方法。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device includes a processor, which is connected to a memory and configured to read and execute a software program stored in the memory, so as to implement the second aspect or any one of the second aspects Implement the method described in the implementation manner, or implement the method described in the fifth aspect or any implementation manner of the fifth aspect.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置还包括收发器。In a possible implementation, the communication device further includes a transceiver.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置为可以应用于接入网设备的芯片。In a possible implementation manner, the communication apparatus is a chip that can be applied to an access network device.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置为接入网设备。In a possible implementation manner, the communication apparatus is an access network device.

第九方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,包括用于执行第三方面或第三方面任意一种 实现方式中的模块;或,包括用于执行第六方面或第六方面任意一种实现方式中的模块。In a ninth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, comprising a module for performing the third aspect or any implementation manner of the third aspect; or, including a module for performing the sixth aspect or any implementation of the sixth aspect modules in the way.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置包括处理器,该处理器与存储器相连,用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的软件程序,以实现第三方面或第三方面任意一种实现方式所述的方法,或实现第六方面或第六方面任意一种实现方式所述的方法。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device includes a processor, which is connected to a memory and configured to read and execute a software program stored in the memory, so as to implement the third aspect or any one of the third aspects The method described in the implementation manner, or the method described in any implementation manner of the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect is implemented.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置还包括收发器。In a possible implementation, the communication device further includes a transceiver.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置为可以应用于接入网设备的芯片。In a possible implementation manner, the communication apparatus is a chip that can be applied to an access network device.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置为接入网设备。In a possible implementation manner, the communication apparatus is an access network device.

第十方面,本申请提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括计算机指令,当该计算机指令被执行时,使得前述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行,或使得前述第二方面或或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行,或使得前述第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行,或使得前述第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行,或使得前述第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行,或使得前述第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product comprising computer instructions, when the computer instructions are executed, the method in the foregoing first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect is executed, or cause the method in the foregoing second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect to be performed, or cause the foregoing third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect to be performed, or cause the foregoing fourth aspect aspect or the method in any possible implementation of the fourth aspect is performed, or causes the method in any possible implementation of the fifth aspect or the fifth aspect to be performed, or causes the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect to be performed. The method in any possible implementation is executed.

第十一方面,本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该存储介质存储有计算机指令,当所述计算机指令被执行时,使得前述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行,或使得前述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行,或使得前述第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行,或使得前述第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行,使得前述第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行,使得前述第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法被执行。In an eleventh aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, the storage medium stores computer instructions, when the computer instructions are executed, the aforementioned first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect is The method of the preceding second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect is performed, or the method of the preceding third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect is performed, or causing the method of the foregoing fourth aspect or any possible implementation of the fourth aspect to be performed, such that the method of the foregoing fifth aspect or any possible implementation of the fifth aspect is performed, such that the foregoing sixth aspect or the sixth aspect is performed The methods of any possible implementation of an aspect are performed.

第十二方面,本申请提供一种通信系统,所述通信系统包括上述第七方面所述的通信装置、上述第八方面所述的通信装置和上述第九方面所述的通信装置。According to a twelfth aspect, the present application provides a communication system, where the communication system includes the communication device of the seventh aspect, the communication device of the eighth aspect, and the communication device of the ninth aspect.

附图说明Description of drawings

图1是可以应用本申请的技术方案的双连接通信系统的架构示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a dual-connection communication system to which the technical solutions of the present application can be applied.

图2是可以应用本申请的技术方案的双连接通信系统的另一架构示意图。FIG. 2 is another schematic structural diagram of a dual-connection communication system to which the technical solution of the present application can be applied.

图3是可以应用本申请的技术方案的双连接通信系统的另一架构示意图。FIG. 3 is another schematic structural diagram of a dual-connection communication system to which the technical solutions of the present application can be applied.

图4是EN-DC通信系统的一种具体架构的示意图。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a specific architecture of the EN-DC communication system.

图5是SN添加过程的示意性流程图。FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of the SN adding process.

图6是本申请实施例提供的CA配置方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a CA configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application.

图7是本申请实施例提供的DC配置方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a DC configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application.

图8是本申请另一实施例提供的CA和/或DC配置方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a CA and/or DC configuration method provided by another embodiment of the present application.

图9是本申请的实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.

图10是本申请的实施例提供的通信装置的另一结构示意图。FIG. 10 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式detailed description

为了便于理解本申请实施例,做出以下几点说明。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the following points are described.

1、在本申请实施例中,“指示”可以包括直接指示和间接指示,也可以包括显式指 示和隐式指示。将某一信息所指示的信息称为待指示信息,则具体实现过程中,对待指示信息进行指示的方式有很多种,例如但不限于,可以直接指示待指示信息,如待指示信息本身或者该待指示信息的索引等。也可以通过指示其他信息来间接指示待指示信息,其中该其他信息与待指示信息之间存在关联关系。还可以仅仅指示待指示信息的一部分,而待指示信息的其他部分则是已知的或者提前约定的。例如,还可以借助预先约定(例如协议定义)是否存在某个信元来实现对待指示信息的指示,从而在一定程度上降低指示开销。1. In this embodiment of the present application, "indication" may include direct indication and indirect indication, and may also include explicit indication and implicit indication. The information indicated by a certain piece of information is called the information to be indicated. In the specific implementation process, there are many ways to indicate the information to be indicated. For example, but not limited to, the information to be indicated can be directly indicated, such as the information to be indicated itself or the information to be indicated. The index of the information to be indicated, etc. The information to be indicated may also be indirectly indicated by indicating other information, where there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance. For example, the indication of the information to be indicated can also be implemented by means of a pre-agreed agreement (for example, a protocol definition) whether there is a certain information element, so as to reduce the indication overhead to a certain extent.

2、在下文示出的实施例中第一、第二、第三、第四以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如,区分不同的配置信息或区分不同的消息等。2. In the embodiments shown below, the first, second, third, fourth, and various numeral numbers are only for the convenience of description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, different configuration information or different messages can be distinguished.

3、在下文示出的实施例中,“预先获取”可包括由网络设备通过信令指示或者预先定义,例如,协议定义。其中,“预先定义”可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备和接入网设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。3. In the embodiments shown below, "pre-acquisition" may include signaling by the network device or pre-definition, for example, protocol definition. Wherein, "pre-definition" can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, forms or other methods that can be used to indicate relevant information in the equipment (for example, including terminal equipment and access network equipment). Not limited.

4、本申请实施例中涉及的“协议”可以是指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)协议、新无线(new radio,NR)协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。4. The "protocol" involved in the embodiments of this application may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, it may include a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) protocol, a new radio (new radio, NR) protocol and applications in future communications. The relevant protocols in the system are not limited in this application.

下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.

本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于双连接通信系统。双连接也可以称为多无线双连接(multi-radio dual connectivity,MR-DC),支持两个接入网设备同时为一个终端设备提供数据传输服务,以便能够提高无线资源利用率,降低系统切换时延,提高用户和系统性能。两个接入网设备包括一个主接入网设备(例如,主基站(例如,master gNB,MgNB))和一个辅接入网设备(例如,辅基站(例如,secondary gNB,SgNB))。其中,主接入网设备为控制面锚点,即终端设备与主接入网设备建立RRC连接,且主接入网设备与核心网之间建立控制面连接,主接入网设备与终端设备间传输RRC消息;在后续增强技术中,辅接入网设备与终端设备之间也可以进行部分RRC消息的发送(例如,测量配置信息或测量报告等)。主接入网设备也可以称为主站(master node,MN)、主节点或锚点(anchor)等,辅接入网设备也可以称为辅站(secondary node,SN)、辅节点或从节点等,在本申请实例中统一称为主接入网设备和辅接入网设备。需要说明的是,主基站、辅基站可以是连接第四代(the 4th generation,4G)核心网设备的4G接入网设备,或者是连接第五代(the 5th generation,5G)核心网设备的4G接入网设备,或者是连接5G核心网设备的5G接入网设备,或者是连接4G核心网设备的5G接入网设备,本申请对此不做限定。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a dual-connection communication system. Dual connectivity can also be called multi-radio dual connectivity (MR-DC), which supports two access network devices to provide data transmission services for one terminal device at the same time, so as to improve wireless resource utilization and reduce system switching. latency, improving user and system performance. The two access network devices include a primary access network device (eg, primary base station (eg, master gNB, MgNB)) and a secondary access network device (eg, secondary base station (eg, secondary gNB, SgNB)). Among them, the main access network equipment is the control plane anchor point, that is, the terminal equipment establishes an RRC connection with the main access network equipment, and establishes a control plane connection between the main access network equipment and the core network, and the main access network equipment and the terminal equipment. RRC messages are transmitted between the two devices; in the subsequent enhancement technology, some RRC messages (for example, measurement configuration information or measurement reports, etc.) may also be sent between the secondary access network device and the terminal device. The primary access network device may also be called a master node (MN), a master node or an anchor (anchor), etc., and the secondary access network device may also be called a secondary node (SN), a secondary node or a slave node. Nodes and the like are collectively referred to as primary access network equipment and secondary access network equipment in the examples of this application. It should be noted that the primary base station and the secondary base station may be 4G access network equipment connected to the fourth generation (the 4th generation, 4G) core network equipment, or connected to the fifth generation (the 5th generation, 5G) core network equipment. The 4G access network equipment, or the 5G access network equipment connected to the 5G core network equipment, or the 5G access network equipment connected to the 4G core network equipment, is not limited in this application.

上述两个无线接入系统可以相同,也可以不相同。例如,第一无线接入系统和第二无线接入系统都采用了4G移动通信技术,或者都采用了5G移动通信技术。又例如,第一无线接入系统采用了4G移动通信技术,第二无线接入系统采用了5G移动通信技术;或者,第一无线接入系统采用了5G移动通信技术,第二无线接入系统采用了4G移动通信技术。本申请实施例对此不作限定。The above two wireless access systems may be the same or different. For example, both the first radio access system and the second radio access system use the 4G mobile communication technology, or both use the 5G mobile communication technology. For another example, the first wireless access system adopts 4G mobile communication technology, and the second wireless access system adopts 5G mobile communication technology; or, the first wireless access system adopts 5G mobile communication technology, and the second wireless access system adopts 5G mobile communication technology. 4G mobile communication technology is adopted. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.

上述双连接通信系统中的无线接入系统可以包括但不限于下列系统:LTE系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex, TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、5G系统或NR或者其他演进的通信系统等。例如,双连接通信系统中可以同时部署LTE系统和NR系统。The wireless access system in the above-mentioned dual-connection communication system can include but is not limited to the following systems: LTE system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD), Universal Mobile Communication system (universal mobile telecommunication system, UMTS), 5G system or NR or other evolved communication systems, etc. For example, an LTE system and an NR system can be deployed simultaneously in a dual-connectivity communication system.

本申请实施例中的终端设备也可以称为:用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。终端设备可以是一种向用户提供语音/数据连通性的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端的举例为:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备,5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。上述的可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。The terminal equipment in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as: user equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, Mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user equipment, etc. The terminal device may be a device that provides voice/data connectivity to the user, such as a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and the like. At present, some examples of terminals are: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer, notebook computer, PDA, mobile internet device (MID), wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart grids wireless terminal in transportation safety, wireless terminal in smart city, wireless terminal in smart home, cellular phone, cordless phone, session initiation protocol , SIP) telephones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, 5G A terminal device in a network or a terminal device in a public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) that evolves in the future, etc., are not limited in this embodiment of the present application. The above-mentioned wearable device can also be called wearable smart device, which is a general term for the intelligent design of daily wear and the development of wearable devices using wearable technology, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.

在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统中的终端设备,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。本申请的终端设备还可以是作为一个或多个部件或者单元而内置于车辆的车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元,车辆通过内置的所述车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元可以实施本申请的方法。因此,本申请实施例可以应用于车联网,例如车辆外联(vehicle to everything,V2X)、车间通信长期演进技术(long term evolution-vehicle,LTE-V)、车到车(vehicle-to-vehicle,V2V)等。In the embodiment of this application, the terminal device may also be a terminal device in an Internet of Things (IoT) system. IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. connection, so as to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and the interconnection of things. The terminal device of the present application may also be an on-board module, on-board module, on-board component, on-board chip or on-board unit built into the vehicle as one or more components or units. An on-board component, on-board chip or on-board unit may implement the method of the present application. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application can be applied to the Internet of Vehicles, such as vehicle-to-everything (V2X), long term evolution-vehicle (LTE-V), vehicle-to-vehicle (V2X) , V2V) and so on.

本申请实施例中的接入网设备也可以称为无线接入网设备,是用于与终端设备通信的设备,可以是传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的 PLMN网络中的网络设备等,可以是WLAN中的接入点(access point,AP),可以是新型无线系统(new radio,NR)系统中的gNB,本申请实施例并不限定。The access network device in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as a wireless access network device, which is a device used to communicate with terminal devices, and may be a transmission reception point (TRP), or a LTE system. Evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB), can also be a home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), base band unit (base band unit, BBU), and can also be a cloud radio access network A wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device can be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, a network device in a 5G network, or a network device in a future evolved PLMN network etc., may be an access point (access point, AP) in a WLAN, or may be a gNB in a new radio system (new radio, NR) system, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

在一种网络结构中,接入网设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)节点和分布单元(distributed unit,DU)节点。其中,CU实现接入网设备的部分功能,DU实现接入网设备的部分功能,例如,CU可以负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现RRC、SDAP层的功能以及PDCP层的功能,DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现RLC层、MAC层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。或者,接入网设备可以是其他的具有无线收发功能的设备。在本申请实施例中,接入网设备为小区提供服务,终端设备通过接入网设备分配的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者说,频谱资源)与小区进行通信,该小区可以属于宏基站(例如,宏eNB或宏gNB等),也可以属于小小区(small cell)对应的基站,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(metro cell)、微小区(micro cell)、微微小区(pico cell)、毫微微小区(femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。In a network structure, an access network device may include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) node and a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) node. Among them, the CU implements some functions of the access network equipment, and the DU implements some functions of the access network equipment. For example, the CU can be responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and realizes the functions of the RRC and SDAP layers and the functions of the PDCP layer, and the DU is responsible for processing The physical layer protocol and real-time services implement the functions of the RLC layer, the MAC layer and the physical (PHY) layer. Alternatively, the access network device may be other devices with wireless transceiver functions. In this embodiment of the present application, an access network device provides services for a cell, and a terminal device communicates with the cell through transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) allocated by the access network device, and the cell may belong to a macro base A base station (for example, a macro eNB or a macro gNB, etc.) may also belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell. The small cell here may include: a metro cell, a micro cell, and a pico cell. cell), femto cell, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmit power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.

为了方便理解本申请的技术方案,首先结合图1至图4对适用于本申请实施例的通信系统进行详细说明。In order to facilitate understanding of the technical solutions of the present application, a communication system applicable to the embodiments of the present application is first described in detail with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 4 .

图1至图3是可以应用本申请的技术方案的双连接通信系统的架构示意图。1 to 3 are schematic diagrams of the architecture of a dual-connection communication system to which the technical solutions of the present application can be applied.

图1示出了EN-DC(E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity)系统架构。EN-DC也称为Option3系列(Option3 series)。如图1,LTE接入网设备(例如,eNB)作为主接入网设备,NR接入网设备(例如,en-gNB)作为辅接入网设备进行DC,并且主接入网设备和辅接入网设备都连接第四代(4th generation,4G)核心网(evolved packet core,EPC),为终端设备与EPC之间的数据提供空口传输资源,其中,主接入网设备与EPC之间存在控制面连接,且主接入网设备与EPC之间可以存在数据面连接;辅接入网设备与EPC之间可以存在数据面连接。Figure 1 shows the EN-DC (E-UTRA-NR dual connectivity) system architecture. EN-DC is also called Option3 series (Option3 series). As shown in FIG. 1, LTE access network equipment (eg, eNB) is used as primary access network equipment, NR access network equipment (eg, en-gNB) is used as secondary access network equipment for DC, and primary access network equipment and secondary access network equipment The access network equipment is connected to the fourth generation (4th generation, 4G) core network (evolved packet core, EPC), providing air interface transmission resources for data between the terminal equipment and the EPC, among which the main access network equipment and the EPC There is a control plane connection, and a data plane connection may exist between the primary access network device and the EPC; and a data plane connection may exist between the secondary access network device and the EPC.

图2示出了NE-DC(NR-E-UTRA Dual Connectivity)系统架构。NE-DC也称为Option4系列(Option4 series)。如图2,NR接入网设备(例如,gNB)作为主接入网设备,LTE接入网设备(例如,ng-eNB)作为辅接入网设备,并且主接入网设备和辅接入网设备都连接5G核心网(5G core,5GC),为终端设备与5GC之间的数据提供空口传输资源。Figure 2 shows the NE-DC (NR-E-UTRA Dual Connectivity) system architecture. NE-DC is also known as Option4 series (Option4 series). As shown in Figure 2, NR access network equipment (eg, gNB) is used as primary access network equipment, LTE access network equipment (eg, ng-eNB) is used as secondary access network equipment, and primary access network equipment and secondary access network equipment All network devices are connected to the 5G core network (5G core, 5GC) to provide air interface transmission resources for data between terminal devices and 5GC.

图3示出了NGEN-DC(NG-RAN E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity)系统架构。NGEN-DC也称为Option7系列(Option7series)。如图3,LTE接入网设备(例如,ng-eNB)作为主接入网设备,NR接入网设备(例如,gNB)作为辅接入网设备进行DC。与EN-DC不同的是,主接入网设备和辅接入网设备都连接5GC,为终端设备与5GC之间的数据提供空口传输资源。Figure 3 shows the NGEN-DC (NG-RAN E-UTRA-NR Dual Connectivity) system architecture. NGEN-DC is also known as Option7 series (Option7series). As shown in FIG. 3 , an LTE access network device (eg, ng-eNB) serves as a primary access network device, and an NR access network device (eg, gNB) performs DC as a secondary access network device. Different from EN-DC, both the primary access network device and the secondary access network device are connected to the 5GC to provide air interface transmission resources for data between the terminal device and the 5GC.

应理解,图1至图3仅为示例,本申请实施例的技术方案还可以应用于其他双连接通信系统中。例如,除了如图1至图3所示的LTE与NR的DC,5G还支持NR与NR的DC,即主接入网设备和辅接入网设备均为NR的接入网设备。It should be understood that FIG. 1 to FIG. 3 are only examples, and the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to other dual-connection communication systems. For example, in addition to the DC of LTE and NR as shown in Figures 1 to 3, 5G also supports the DC of NR and NR, that is, the primary access network device and the secondary access network device are both NR access network devices.

图4是EN-DC通信系统的一种具体架构的示意图。如图4所示,接入网设备包括LTE基站eNB和NR基站en-gNB,eNB和en-gNB共同为终端设备与EPC之间的数据提供空口传输资源。eNB作为主接入网设备,提供E-UTRAN用户面和控制面协议栈的终结点。en-gNB作为辅接入网设备,提供NR用户面和控制面协议的终结点。eNB与eNB、eNB 与en-gNB、以及en-gNB与en-gNB之间通过X2接口进行连接,其中,en-gNB与en-gNB之间通过X2-U接口进行连接;eNB和en-gNB通过S1接口与EPC进行连接,其中,en-gNB通过S1-U接口与EPC进行连接。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a specific architecture of the EN-DC communication system. As shown in FIG. 4 , the access network equipment includes an LTE base station eNB and an NR base station en-gNB, and the eNB and the en-gNB jointly provide air interface transmission resources for data between the terminal equipment and the EPC. As the main access network equipment, the eNB provides the termination point of the E-UTRAN user plane and control plane protocol stack. The en-gNB acts as a secondary access network device and provides the termination point for the NR user plane and control plane protocols. eNB and eNB, eNB and en-gNB, and en-gNB and en-gNB are connected through X2 interface, wherein en-gNB and en-gNB are connected through X2-U interface; eNB and en-gNB Connect with the EPC through the S1 interface, wherein the en-gNB connects with the EPC through the S1-U interface.

应理解,其他双连接通信通系统与图4所示的EN-DC通信系统类似,只是接入网设备、核心网设备、以及设备之间的接口不同,在此不再赘述。例如,在NE-DC中,核心网设备由4G核心网设备变为5G核心网设备(例如,接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)实体、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)实体和用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)实体等),接口由S1/X2变成了NG/Xn。It should be understood that other dual-connectivity communication systems are similar to the EN-DC communication system shown in FIG. 4 , except that the access network equipment, core network equipment, and interfaces between the equipment are different, which will not be repeated here. For example, in NE-DC, the core network equipment is changed from 4G core network equipment to 5G core network equipment (for example, access and mobility management function (AMF) entities, session management function (session management function) , SMF) entity and user plane function (user plane function, UPF) entity, etc.), the interface has changed from S1/X2 to NG/Xn.

下面对本申请所涉及到的术语进行介绍。The terms involved in this application are introduced below.

1、主小区、辅小区和主辅小区1. Primary cell, secondary cell and primary and secondary cell

在双连接通信系统中,终端设备可以接受两个接入网设备提供的服务,且,终端设备在一个接入网设备下时可以同时接受该接入网设备的多个小区的服务。主接入网设备为终端设备提供的服务小区组可以称为主小区组(master cell group,MCG),辅接入网设备为终端设备提供的服务小区组可以称为辅小区组(secondary cell group,SCG)。主小区组和辅小区组分别包括至少一个小区。主小区组中存在一个主小区(primary cell,PCell),辅小区组中存在一个主辅小区(primary second cell,PSCell)。主小区和主辅小区可以统称为特别小区(special cell,SpCell)。当MCG或SCG中有多个小区时,除特别小区之外的小区可以称为辅小区(secondary cell,SCell)。各个小区组中的辅小区与主小区或主辅小区进行载波聚合,共同为终端设备提供传输资源。In a dual-connectivity communication system, a terminal device can accept services provided by two access network devices, and when the terminal device is under one access network device, it can simultaneously accept services from multiple cells of the access network device. The serving cell group provided by the primary access network equipment for the terminal equipment may be called a master cell group (MCG), and the serving cell group provided by the secondary access network equipment for the terminal equipment may be called a secondary cell group (secondary cell group). , SCG). The primary cell group and the secondary cell group respectively include at least one cell. There is one primary cell (primary cell, PCell) in the primary cell group, and one primary secondary cell (primary second cell, PSCell) in the secondary cell group. The primary cell and the primary and secondary cells may be collectively referred to as a special cell (special cell, SpCell). When there are multiple cells in the MCG or SCG, the cells other than the special cell may be referred to as a secondary cell (secondary cell, SCell). The secondary cells in each cell group perform carrier aggregation with the primary cell or the primary and secondary cells to jointly provide transmission resources for terminal equipment.

PCell部署在主频点(或者说,工作在主载波上),是终端设备发起初始连接建立过程或发起连接重建过程对应的小区,即终端设备在某个小区发起初始连接建立过程或发起连接重建过程,则把该小区称为主小区。在切换过程中,待切换的小区可以被称为目标小区或目标主小区。PCell is deployed at the main frequency point (or, in other words, works on the main carrier), and is the cell corresponding to the terminal equipment initiating the initial connection establishment process or the connection re-establishment process, that is, the terminal equipment initiates the initial connection establishment process or initiates the connection re-establishment process in a certain cell. process, the cell is called the primary cell. During the handover process, the cell to be handed over may be referred to as the target cell or the target primary cell.

SCell工作在辅载波上,一旦RRC连接建立,辅小区就可能被配置,以提供额外的无线资源。The SCell works on the secondary carrier, and once the RRC connection is established, the secondary cell may be configured to provide additional radio resources.

PSCell是终端设备在SCG中进行随机接入或初始物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)传输(如,辅接入网设备改变过程中,终端设备可以跳过随机接入过程,直接发送数据传输)的小区,或者执行同步重配过程中发起随机接入的属于辅接入网设备的SCG中的小区。PSCell is a terminal device that performs random access or initial physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmission in the SCG (for example, in the process of changing the secondary access network device, the terminal device can skip the random access process and directly send data transmission), or a cell in the SCG belonging to the secondary access network device that initiates random access during the synchronization reconfiguration process.

2、载波聚合2. Carrier aggregation

载波聚合是为单个终端设备配置多个小区(载波)共同进行数据传输的技术。通过载波聚合终端设备可以同时使用多个小区(载波)进行上下行通信,从而支持高速数据传输。在这多个小区中,其中一个是PCell,其它是SCell。Carrier aggregation is a technology in which multiple cells (carriers) are configured for a single terminal device to jointly transmit data. Through carrier aggregation, terminal equipment can use multiple cells (carriers) for uplink and downlink communication at the same time, thereby supporting high-speed data transmission. Among the plurality of cells, one of them is a PCell, and the others are SCells.

3、服务小区和候选小区3. Serving cell and candidate cell

服务小区(serving cell):处于RRC连接态(RRC_CONNECTED)的终端设备,如果没有配置载波聚合或双连接,则仅有一个服务小区,即PCell。如果配置了载波聚合或双连接,则该终端设备的服务小区是由PCell,PSCell和所有SCell组成的小区集合。Serving cell: a terminal device in the RRC connected state (RRC_CONNECTED), if carrier aggregation or dual connectivity is not configured, there is only one serving cell, namely PCell. If carrier aggregation or dual connectivity is configured, the serving cell of the terminal device is a cell set composed of PCell, PSCell and all SCells.

候选小区(candidate cell):随着终端设备的移动,终端设备的服务小区的信道的信号质量逐步减弱,而服务小区的某些邻近小区的信号质量逐渐增强,为了保证终端设备的 通信质量,接入网设备可以将至少一个邻区作为候选小区配置给终端设备,终端设备可以从至少一个候选小区中确定出需要切换至的目标小区。Candidate cell: With the movement of the terminal equipment, the signal quality of the channel of the serving cell of the terminal equipment gradually weakens, while the signal quality of some neighboring cells of the serving cell gradually increases. In order to ensure the communication quality of the terminal equipment, connect The network access device can configure at least one neighboring cell as a candidate cell to the terminal device, and the terminal device can determine the target cell to be handed over from the at least one candidate cell.

4、SN添加4. SN addition

SN添加(SN addition)是由主接入网设备发起的用于为终端设备添加辅接入网设备的过程。通过SN添加过程,可以支持两个接入网设备同时为一个终端设备提供数据传输服务,也就是说,通过SN添加过程,可以为终端设备进行DC配置。SN添加流程为终端设备在SN建立终端设备的上下文,并为终端设备提供SN的资源。上述SN的资源可以包括以下各项中的至少一项:SCG无线承载、PDCP配置、RLC配置和MAC配置等。其中,SCG无线承载可以包括SN terminated bearer或SCG bearer等。SN addition is a process initiated by the primary access network device to add secondary access network devices to the terminal device. Through the SN adding process, two access network devices can be supported to provide data transmission services for one terminal device at the same time, that is, through the SN adding process, DC configuration can be performed for the terminal device. The SN adding process establishes the context of the terminal device in the SN for the terminal device, and provides the terminal device with the resources of the SN. The resources of the above-mentioned SN may include at least one of the following items: SCG radio bearer, PDCP configuration, RLC configuration, MAC configuration, and the like. Wherein, the SCG radio bearer may include SN terminated bearer or SCG bearer, etc.

图5是SN添加过程的示意性流程图。需要说明的是,图5仅以EN-DC架构为例,在EN-DC架构中,辅接入网设备为SgNB。为了不再以特定的DC架构来区分,统称辅接入网设备。FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of the SN adding process. It should be noted that FIG. 5 only takes the EN-DC architecture as an example. In the EN-DC architecture, the secondary access network device is an SgNB. In order not to be distinguished by a specific DC architecture, they are collectively referred to as secondary access network devices.

在501中,主接入网设备向辅接入网设备发送SN添加请求消息,相应地,辅接入网设备接收来自主接入网设备的SN添加请求消息。该SN添加请求消息用于请求辅接入网设备为终端设备的双连接分配相应的无线资源。In 501, the primary access network device sends an SN addition request message to the secondary access network device, and accordingly, the secondary access network device receives the SN addition request message from the primary access network device. The SN addition request message is used to request the secondary access network device to allocate corresponding radio resources for the dual connection of the terminal device.

该SN添加请求消息可以包括与辅接入网设备对应的小区测量结果,用于辅接入网设备配置SCG(或者称配置SCG cell(s))。该SN添加请求消息还可以包括用于辅接入网设备的必要的安全信息(例如,安全密钥等)。该SN添加请求消息可以为S-NODE ADDITION REQUEST、SN Addition Request或SgNB Addition Request等。The SN addition request message may include a cell measurement result corresponding to the secondary access network device, which is used for the secondary access network device to configure the SCG (or configure the SCG cell(s)). The SN addition request message may also include necessary security information (eg, security keys, etc.) for the secondary access network device. The SN addition request message may be S-NODE ADDITION REQUEST, SN Addition Request or SgNB Addition Request, etc.

在502中,如果辅接入网设备可以接受主接入网设备的请求,辅接入网设备向主接入网设备回复SN添加请求确认消息,相应地,主接入网设备接收辅接入网设备发送的SN添加请求确认消息。该SN添加请求确认消息用于向主接入网设备确认SN添加请求。In 502, if the secondary access network device can accept the request of the primary access network device, the secondary access network device replies to the primary access network device with an SN add request confirmation message, and accordingly, the primary access network device receives the secondary access network device The SN addition request confirmation message sent by the network device. The SN addition request confirmation message is used to confirm the SN addition request to the primary access network device.

该SN添加请求确认消息包括回复给主接入网设备的新的SCG无线资源配置,以便主接入网设备发送给终端设备。该SN添加请求确认消息可以为S-NODE ADDITION REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE、SN Addition Request Acknowledge或SgNB Addition Request Acknowledge等。The SN addition request confirmation message includes the new SCG radio resource configuration replied to the primary access network device, so that the primary access network device sends it to the terminal device. The SN Addition Request Acknowledge message may be S-NODE ADDITION REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE, SN Addition Request Acknowledge, or SgNB Addition Request Acknowledge, etc.

辅接入网设备也可以拒绝主接入网设备的请求,辅接入网设备向主接入网设备回复SN添加请求拒绝消息(SN Addition Request Reject)。The secondary access network device may also reject the request of the primary access network device, and the secondary access network device replies to the primary access network device with a SN Addition Request Reject message.

在503中,在接收到辅接入网设备发送的SN添加请求确认消息后,主接入网设备向终端设备发送RRC重配置消息,相应地,终端设备接收来自主接入网设备的RRC重配置消息,该RRC重配置消息用于为终端设备配置新的SCG配置。也就是说,主接入网设备将在502中接收到的SCG无线资源配置不做修改地发送给终端设备。In 503, after receiving the SN addition request confirmation message sent by the secondary access network device, the primary access network device sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the RRC reconfiguration message from the primary access network device Configuration message, the RRC reconfiguration message is used to configure a new SCG configuration for the terminal device. That is to say, the primary access network device sends the SCG radio resource configuration received in 502 to the terminal device without modification.

该RRC重配置消息可以为RRCConnectionReconfiguration消息或RRCReconfiguration消息等。The RRC reconfiguration message may be an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message or an RRCReconfiguration message or the like.

在504中,如果终端设备可以遵循(comply with)RRC重配置消息中的配置,终端设备应用接收到的SCG无线资源配置,并向主接入网设备回复RRC重配完成消息,相应地,主接入网设备接收终端设备发送的RRC重配置完成消息。该RRC重配置完成消息中可能携带回复给辅接入网设备的RRC响应(RRC Response)消息。In 504, if the terminal device can comply with the configuration in the RRC reconfiguration message, the terminal device applies the received SCG radio resource configuration, and replies an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the primary access network device. The access network device receives the RRC reconfiguration complete message sent by the terminal device. The RRC reconfiguration complete message may carry an RRC response (RRC Response) message returned to the secondary access network device.

如果终端设备不能遵循RRC重配置消息的全部或部分配置,终端设备可以执行重配 失败流程,例如,终端设备发起RRC重建立流程。If the terminal device cannot follow all or part of the configuration of the RRC reconfiguration message, the terminal device may perform a reconfiguration failure procedure, for example, the terminal device initiates an RRC re-establishment procedure.

在505中,主接入网设备通过向辅接入网设备发送SN重配完成消息(例如,SgNB Reconfiguration Complete),通知辅接入网设备终端设备已完成SN重配置流程,并将RRC重配置完成消息中可能携带的RRC响应消息转发给辅接入网设备。In 505, the primary access network device notifies the secondary access network device that the terminal device has completed the SN reconfiguration process by sending an SN reconfiguration complete message (for example, SgNB Reconfiguration Complete) to the secondary access network device, and reconfigures the RRC The RRC response message possibly carried in the completion message is forwarded to the secondary access network device.

在506中,终端设备与辅接入网设备(或PSCell)进行同步流程。In 506, the terminal device performs a synchronization process with the secondary access network device (or PSCell).

例如,终端设备与辅接入网设备(或PSCell)进行随机接入过程。终端设备完成随机接入过程后,可以向辅接入网设备发送RRC重配置完成消息。For example, the terminal device performs a random access procedure with the secondary access network device (or PSCell). After the terminal device completes the random access process, it can send an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the secondary access network device.

需要说明的是,本申请实施例对步骤504和步骤506的执行顺序不做限制。It should be noted that, this embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution order of step 504 and step 506 .

5、条件切换5. Condition switching

传统小区切换方案中由接入网设备通过发送切换消息指示终端设备需要切换至的目标小区的相关信息,而条件切换(conditional handover,CHO)中,接入网设备可以将为终端设备配置的一个或者多个候选小区的CHO配置信息发送给终端设备,由终端设备从一个或者多个候选小区中选择将要切换到的目标小区。对于双连接通信系统,这里的目标小区可以称为目标主小区。In the traditional cell handover scheme, the access network device sends a handover message to indicate the relevant information of the target cell to which the terminal device needs to be handed over, while in conditional handover (CHO), the access network device can configure one of the terminal devices. Or the CHO configuration information of the multiple candidate cells is sent to the terminal device, and the terminal device selects the target cell to be handed over from the one or more candidate cells. For a dual connectivity communication system, the target cell here may be referred to as a target primary cell.

在CHO中,源接入网设备可以通过RRC消息向终端设备发送一个或者多个候选小区对应的CHO配置信息。例如,源接入网设备在源链路信号质量较好时,向终端设备发送RRC消息。该RRC消息中可以包括至少一个候选小区中的各个候选小区分别对应的CHO配置信息。其中,该RRC消息可以是新定义的消息(例如,CondRRCReconfiguration或者其他命名/表达形式,对此不作限定))或重用现有的RRC消息。需要说明的是,当源接入网设备为终端设备配置多个候选小区时,源接入网设备可以通过一条或者多条RRC消息将多个候选小区分别对应的CHO配置信息发送给终端设备。In CHO, the source access network device may send the CHO configuration information corresponding to one or more candidate cells to the terminal device through an RRC message. For example, the source access network device sends an RRC message to the terminal device when the signal quality of the source link is good. The RRC message may include CHO configuration information corresponding to each candidate cell in the at least one candidate cell. The RRC message may be a newly defined message (for example, CondRRCReconfiguration or other naming/expression forms, which is not limited) or reuse an existing RRC message. It should be noted that when the source access network device configures multiple candidate cells for the terminal device, the source access network device may send the CHO configuration information corresponding to the multiple candidate cells to the terminal device through one or more RRC messages.

具体地,该CHO配置信息中可以包括:候选小区的小区信息和用于CHO的条件信息。Specifically, the CHO configuration information may include: cell information of the candidate cell and condition information for CHO.

其中,候选小区的小区信息可以包括以下至少一项:Wherein, the cell information of the candidate cell may include at least one of the following:

候选小区为终端设备分配的小区无线网络临时标识(cell radio network temporary identifier,C-RNTI)、接入候选小区所用的随机接入信道(random access channel,RACH)资源信息、候选小区对应的索引信息(例如,该小区对应的测量标识measID和/或该小区对应的CHO-ConfigId)、候选小区的小区全球标识(cell global identity,CGI)、候选小区的物理小区标识(physical cell identifier,PCI)、候选小区对应的频率信息、候选小区对应的物理层配置参数、候选小区对应的MAC层配置参数、候选小区对应的RLC层配置参数、候选小区对应的PDCP层配置参数、候选小区对应的SDAP层配置参数、以及候选小区对应的RRC层配置参数等。The candidate cell is the cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) allocated by the terminal equipment, the random access channel (RACH) resource information used to access the candidate cell, and the index information corresponding to the candidate cell (For example, the measurement identifier measID corresponding to the cell and/or the CHO-ConfigId corresponding to the cell), the cell global identity (CGI) of the candidate cell, the physical cell identifier (PCI) of the candidate cell, Frequency information corresponding to the candidate cell, physical layer configuration parameters corresponding to the candidate cell, MAC layer configuration parameters corresponding to the candidate cell, RLC layer configuration parameters corresponding to the candidate cell, PDCP layer configuration parameters corresponding to the candidate cell, SDAP layer configuration corresponding to the candidate cell parameters, and RRC layer configuration parameters corresponding to the candidate cell, etc.

条件信息可以为CHO执行条件信息,可以包括:CHO执行事件类型和相应的门限值。The condition information may be CHO execution condition information, which may include: CHO execution event type and corresponding threshold value.

其中,CHO执行事件类型可以包括事件A3、事件A4、事件A5、事件B1、事件B2或其他执行事件类型等。一个候选小区可以被配置一个或多个CHO执行条件,例如,一个候选小区可以被配置一个执行事件类型,但是被配置至少一个门限值和/或至多两个不同的触发质量(trigger quantity),该触发质量可以包括参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP)、信号与干扰加噪声比(signal to interference plus noise ratio,SINR)和参考信号接收质量(reference signal received quality,RSRQ)中的至少一个。或者,一个候选小区可以被配置至多两个不同的执行事件类型、以及各执行事件类型相对应的门限 值。不同的候选小区分别对应的CHO执行事件类型和/或执行事件类型对应的门限值可以相同,也可以不同,不做限定。The CHO execution event type may include event A3, event A4, event A5, event B1, event B2, or other execution event types. A candidate cell may be configured with one or more CHO execution conditions. For example, a candidate cell may be configured with one execution event type, but with at least one threshold value and/or at most two different trigger qualities (trigger quantity), The trigger quality may include at least one of reference signal received power (RSRP), signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR), and reference signal received quality (RSRQ). One. Alternatively, a candidate cell may be configured with at most two different execution event types, and threshold values corresponding to each execution event type. The CHO execution event types corresponding to different candidate cells and/or the threshold values corresponding to the execution event types may be the same or different, which are not limited.

终端设备在接收到上述RRC消息后,根据该RRC消息,判断候选小区是否满足CHO执行条件,将满足CHO执行条件的某候选小区作为目标小区或目标主小区。具体地,终端设备可以根据CHO配置信息进行CHO执行条件是否满足的判断。After receiving the above RRC message, the terminal device determines whether the candidate cell satisfies the CHO execution condition according to the RRC message, and takes a candidate cell that satisfies the CHO execution condition as the target cell or the target primary cell. Specifically, the terminal device may judge whether the CHO execution condition is satisfied according to the CHO configuration information.

作为一个示例,对应候选小区A,配置的CHO触发事件类型是A3事件,且配置的对应的门限值为第一阈值(需要说明的是,对应不同的触发质量,第一阈值可能相同或不同)。当终端设备确定候选小区A的小区信号质量比服务小区的小区信号质量高出第一阈值时,可以认为候选小区A满足CHO执行条件,该候选小区A可以被确定为目标小区。其中,信号质量可以包括RSRP、RSRQ和SINR中的至少一项,例如,信号质量包括RSRP和RSRQ,或者信号质量包括RSRP和SINR,或者其他,对此不作限定。As an example, corresponding to candidate cell A, the configured CHO trigger event type is A3 event, and the configured corresponding threshold value is the first threshold value (it should be noted that, corresponding to different trigger qualities, the first threshold value may be the same or different ). When the terminal device determines that the cell signal quality of the candidate cell A is higher than that of the serving cell by the first threshold, the candidate cell A may be considered to satisfy the CHO execution condition, and the candidate cell A may be determined as the target cell. The signal quality may include at least one of RSRP, RSRQ and SINR, for example, the signal quality includes RSRP and RSRQ, or the signal quality includes RSRP and SINR, or others, which are not limited.

例如,对于候选小区A,配置A3事件,且配置两个触发质量,例如,RSRP和RSRQ,配置的对应RSRP的第一阈值为E,配置的对应RSRQ的第一阈值为F,则当候选小区A的RSRP比服务小区的RSRP高出E,且候选小区A的RSRQ比服务小区的RSRQ高出F时,终端设备可以认为候选小区A满足CHO执行条件,该候选小区A可以被确定为目标小区。For example, for candidate cell A, configure event A3, and configure two trigger qualities, for example, RSRP and RSRQ, the configured first threshold corresponding to RSRP is E, and the configured first threshold corresponding to RSRQ is F, then when the candidate cell is When the RSRP of A is higher than the RSRP of the serving cell by E, and the RSRQ of the candidate cell A is higher than the RSRQ of the serving cell by F, the terminal device can consider that the candidate cell A satisfies the CHO execution condition, and the candidate cell A can be determined as the target cell .

作为另一个示例,对应候选小区B,配置的CHO触发事件类型是A5事件,且配置的对应的门限值为第二阈值和第三阈值,则当候选小区B的小区信号质量高于第二阈值,且服务小区的小区信号质量低于第三阈值时,可以认为候选小区B满足CHO触发条件,该候选小区B可以被确定为目标小区。As another example, corresponding to candidate cell B, the configured CHO trigger event type is A5 event, and the configured corresponding thresholds are the second threshold and the third threshold, then when the cell signal quality of candidate cell B is higher than the second threshold When the cell signal quality of the serving cell is lower than the third threshold, it can be considered that the candidate cell B satisfies the CHO triggering condition, and the candidate cell B can be determined as the target cell.

例如,对于候选小区B,配置A5事件,且配置两个触发质量,例如,RSRP和RSRQ,配置的对应RSRP的第二阈值为W、第三阈值为S,配置的对应RSRQ的第二阈值为T、第三阈值为Y,则当候选小区B的RSRP高于W、服务小区的RSRP低于S,且候选小区B的RSRQ高于T、服务小区的RSRQ低于Y时,终端设备可以认为候选小区B满足CHO执行条件,该候选小区B可以被确定为目标小区或目标主小区。For example, for candidate cell B, an event A5 is configured, and two trigger qualities are configured, for example, RSRP and RSRQ, the configured second threshold corresponding to RSRP is W, the third threshold is S, and the configured second threshold corresponding to RSRQ is T, the third threshold is Y, then when the RSRP of the candidate cell B is higher than W, the RSRP of the serving cell is lower than S, and the RSRQ of the candidate cell B is higher than T, and the RSRQ of the serving cell is lower than Y, the terminal device can consider The candidate cell B satisfies the CHO execution condition, and the candidate cell B can be determined as the target cell or the target primary cell.

终端设备确定出目标小区或目标主小区后,可以尝试接入目标小区或目标主小区,例如,终端设备与目标小区或目标主小区进行随机接入过程。当终端设备成功接入目标小区或目标主小区后,可以认为CHO流程成功。After the terminal device determines the target cell or the target primary cell, it may attempt to access the target cell or the target primary cell, for example, the terminal device performs a random access procedure with the target cell or the target primary cell. When the terminal device successfully accesses the target cell or the target primary cell, it can be considered that the CHO procedure is successful.

通过上述CHO流程,可以一定程度上提高小区切换的可靠从和鲁棒性,但是终端设备成功完成上述CHO流程后,终端设备只能与一个小区(例如,终端设备确定出的满足CHO执行条件的目标小区或目标主小区)或者一个接入网设备进行通信(例如,目标小区所属的接入网设备)进行通信,不能适配CA机制和双连接通信系统,会影响系统吞吐量,降低用户体验满意度。Through the above CHO process, the reliability and robustness of cell handover can be improved to a certain extent, but after the terminal device successfully completes the above CHO process, the terminal device can only communicate with one cell (for example, the terminal device determined by the terminal device that meets the CHO execution conditions) The target cell or the target primary cell) or an access network device (for example, the access network device to which the target cell belongs) to communicate, the CA mechanism and the dual-connection communication system cannot be adapted, which will affect the system throughput and reduce the user experience. satisfaction.

针对上述问题,本申请提供了一种配置方法和装置,能够实现CHO流程中快速配置CA和/或DC。In view of the above problems, the present application provides a configuration method and device, which can quickly configure the CA and/or DC in the CHO process.

图6是本申请实施例提供的CA配置方法的示意性流程图。图6所示的方法包括以下内容的至少部分内容。FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a CA configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method shown in FIG. 6 includes at least part of the following.

图6所示的方法可以由终端设备和接入网设备执行,也可以由终端设备和接入网设备中的模块或单元(例如,电路、芯片或者片上系统(system on a chip,SOC)等)执行。 图6中以终端设备和接入网设备为执行主体为例,对本申请实施例的CA配置方法进行描述。The method shown in FIG. 6 may be performed by the terminal device and the access network device, or may be performed by a module or unit (eg, a circuit, a chip or a system on a chip (SOC), etc. in the terminal device and the access network device, etc. )implement. In FIG. 6 , the CA configuration method according to the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the terminal device and the access network device as the execution subjects as an example.

在步骤601中,源接入网设备向终端设备发送第一信息。相应地,终端设备接收来自源接入网设备的第一信息。其中,第一信息指示至少一个候选小区支持的CA带宽(band)组合信息。In step 601, the source access network device sends first information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first information from the source access network device. Wherein, the first information indicates CA bandwidth (band) combination information supported by at least one candidate cell.

在本申请实施例中,至少一个候选小区用于终端设备从中选择目标主小区。也就是说,终端设备可以从至少一个候选小区中确定出待切换至的目标主小区。In this embodiment of the present application, at least one candidate cell is used by the terminal device to select the target primary cell from it. That is, the terminal device can determine the target primary cell to be handed over to from at least one candidate cell.

在一些实施方式中,第一信息可以指示至少一个候选小区中的部分或全部候选小区所支持的CA band组合信息。In some embodiments, the first information may indicate CA band combination information supported by some or all of the candidate cells in the at least one candidate cell.

例如,接入网设备配置的至少一个候选小区包括小区1、小区2和小区3,其中,小区1的频点为f1,小区1支持的CA band组合为f1+f2以及f1+f3,小区2的频点为f5,小区2支持的CA band组合为f5+f1,小区3的频点为f2,小区3支持的CA band组合为f1+f2,在此情况下,第一信息可以指示小区1支持的CA band组合为f1+f2以及f1+f3,小区2支持的CA band组合为f5+f1,小区3支持的CA band组合为f1+f2。For example, at least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cell 1, cell 2, and cell 3, where the frequency point of cell 1 is f1, the CA band combinations supported by cell 1 are f1+f2 and f1+f3, and cell 2 The frequency of cell 2 is f5, the CA band combination supported by cell 2 is f5+f1, the frequency point of cell 3 is f2, and the CA band combination supported by cell 3 is f1+f2. In this case, the first information can indicate cell 1 The supported CA band combinations are f1+f2 and f1+f3, the CA band combination supported by cell 2 is f5+f1, and the CA band combination supported by cell 3 is f1+f2.

又例如,接入网设备配置的至少一个候选小区包括小区1、小区2和小区3,其中,小区1的带宽为band1,小区1支持的CA band组合为band1+band2以及band1+band3,小区3的带宽为band2,小区3支持的CA band组合为band1+band2,在此情况下,第一信息可以指示小区1支持的CA band组合为band1+band2以及band1+band3,小区3支持的CA band组合为band1+band2。For another example, the at least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cell 1, cell 2, and cell 3, wherein the bandwidth of cell 1 is band1, the CA band combinations supported by cell 1 are band1+band2 and band1+band3, and cell 3 The bandwidth is band2, the CA band combination supported by cell 3 is band1+band2, in this case, the first information can indicate that the CA band combination supported by cell 1 is band1+band2 and band1+band3, and the CA band combination supported by cell 3 is band1+band2.

可选地,第一信息可以通过RRC消息发送。Optionally, the first information may be sent through an RRC message.

例如,第一信息可以承载在RRC重配置消息中。For example, the first information may be carried in an RRC reconfiguration message.

可选地,第一信息可以通过一条或者多条RRC消息发送。Optionally, the first information may be sent through one or more RRC messages.

例如,源接入网设备可以发送多条RRC消息,每条RRC消息可以携带一个候选小区支持的CA band组合信息。For example, the source access network device can send multiple RRC messages, and each RRC message can carry the CA band combination information supported by a candidate cell.

又例如,源接入网设备可以发送一条RRC消息,该RRC消息可以携带至少一个候选小区中的部分或全部候选小区所支持的CA band组合信息。For another example, the source access network device may send an RRC message, where the RRC message may carry CA band combination information supported by some or all of the candidate cells in the at least one candidate cell.

可选地,在终端设备接收到第一信息之后,终端设备可以向源接入网设备发送RRC重配置完成消息,相应地,源网络设备接收终端设备发送RRC重配置完成消息。Optionally, after the terminal device receives the first information, the terminal device may send an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the source access network device, and correspondingly, the source network device receives the RRC reconfiguration complete message sent by the terminal device.

在步骤602中,终端设备从至少一个候选小区中选择/确定目标主小区。In step 602, the terminal device selects/determines a target primary cell from at least one candidate cell.

在一些实施方式中,终端设备可以根据来自源接入网设备的上述至少一个候选小区的小区信息和上述至少一个候选小区的CHO执行条件信息,选择/确定目标主小区。具体地,可以执行步骤604,即源接入网设备可以向终端设备发送第四信息,相应地,终端设备接收来自源接入网设备的第四信息,其中,第四信息指示上述至少一个候选小区的小区信息和上述至少一个候选小区的CHO执行条件信息;终端设备可以根据第四信息,从至少一个候选小区中选择目标主小区,更详细的描述可以参见上文条件切换的相关描述,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the terminal device may select/determine the target primary cell according to the cell information of the at least one candidate cell from the source access network device and the CHO execution condition information of the at least one candidate cell. Specifically, step 604 may be performed, that is, the source access network device may send fourth information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives fourth information from the source access network device, where the fourth information indicates the above at least one candidate The cell information of the cell and the CHO execution condition information of the above at least one candidate cell; the terminal device can select the target primary cell from the at least one candidate cell according to the fourth information. This will not be repeated here.

可选地,第四信息可以通过RRC消息发送。例如,第四信息可以承载在RRC重配置消息中。Optionally, the fourth information may be sent through an RRC message. For example, the fourth information may be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.

可选地,第四信息可以通过一条或者多条RRC消息发送。第一信息与第四信息可以 通过相同的消息或不同的消息发送,不做限定。Optionally, the fourth information may be sent through one or more RRC messages. The first information and the fourth information may be sent through the same message or different messages, which are not limited.

需要说明的是,本申请实施例对于源接入网设备获取第四信息的方式不作具体限定。作为一个示例,源接入网设备可以根据从至少一个候选接入网设备接收至少一个候选小区的小区信息,例如源接入网设备可以通过切换确认消息获取上述各小区信息;进一步地,源接入网设备可以分别为至少一个候选小区配置CHO执行条件信息;之后,源接入网设备可以通过RRC消息将接收到的至少一个候选小区的小区信息和CHO执行条件信息发送给终端设备,即向终端设备发送第四信息。对于小区信息和CHO执行条件信息的描述可以参见上文条件切换的相关描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that, the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the manner in which the source access network device obtains the fourth information. As an example, the source access network device may obtain the cell information of the at least one candidate cell according to the cell information received from the at least one candidate access network device, for example, the source access network device may obtain the above cell information through a handover confirmation message; further, the source access network device may The network access device can configure CHO execution condition information for at least one candidate cell respectively; after that, the source access network device can send the received cell information and CHO execution condition information of the at least one candidate cell to the terminal device through an RRC message, that is, to the terminal device. The terminal device sends fourth information. For the description of the cell information and the CHO execution condition information, reference may be made to the relevant description of the conditional handover above, which will not be repeated here.

在步骤603中,终端设备根据第一信息,确定至少一个候选辅小区。In step 603, the terminal device determines at least one candidate secondary cell according to the first information.

在一些实施方式中,终端设备根据确定的目标主小区,以及目标主小区支持的CA band组合,确定至少一个候选辅小区,其中,至少一个候选辅小区与目标主小区组成的band组合属于目标主小区支持的CA band组合。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines at least one candidate secondary cell according to the determined target primary cell and the CA band combination supported by the target primary cell, wherein the band combination composed of the at least one candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the target primary cell The CA band combination supported by the cell.

例如,接入网设备配置的至少一个候选小区包括小区1-4,终端设备从至少一个候选小区中选择小区1作为目标主小区,而小区1的频点为f1,小区1支持的CA band组合为f1+f2以及f1+f3,终端设备可以将频点为f2或f3的小区确定为候选辅小区。For example, at least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, the terminal device selects cell 1 from the at least one candidate cell as the target primary cell, and the frequency point of cell 1 is f1, and the CA band combination supported by cell 1 For f1+f2 and f1+f3, the terminal device may determine the cell with the frequency point f2 or f3 as the candidate secondary cell.

又例如,接入网设备配置的至少一个候选小区包括小区1-4,终端设备从至少一个候选小区中选择小区1作为目标主小区,而小区1的band为band1,小区1支持的CA band组合为band1+band2以及band1+band3,终端设备可以将带宽为band2或band3的小区确定为候选辅小区。For another example, the at least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, the terminal device selects cell 1 from the at least one candidate cell as the target primary cell, and the band of cell 1 is band1, and the CA band combination supported by cell 1 For band1+band2 and band1+band3, the terminal device may determine a cell with a bandwidth of band2 or band3 as a candidate secondary cell.

在一种实现方式中,终端设备可以从终端设备可以或者有能力检测到的小区中确定至少一个候选辅小区,为后续描述方便,将通过该方式确定出的至少一个候选辅小区记做至少一个第一候选辅小区。In an implementation manner, the terminal device can determine at least one candidate secondary cell from the cells that the terminal device can or is capable of detecting. For the convenience of subsequent descriptions, the at least one candidate secondary cell determined in this manner is recorded as at least one secondary cell. The first candidate secondary cell.

例如,接入网设备配置的至少一个候选小区包括小区1-4,小区1满足CHO执行条件,终端设备选择小区1作为目标主小区,而小区1的带宽为band1,第一信息指示的小区1支持的CA band组合为band1+band2以及band1+band3,终端设备检测到小区A、小区B、小区C和小区D,其中,小区A和小区B的带宽为band2,小区C的带宽为band3,小区D的带宽为band4,由于小区A、小区B和小区C与目标主小区组成的band组合属于目标主小区支持的CA band组合,则小区A、小区B和小区C可以被确定为目标主小区对应的候选辅小区。其中,小区A、小区B、小区C和小区D是不同的小区,小区1-4是不同的小区,小区A-D中的小区与小区1-4中的小区可以相同或不同。For example, at least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, cell 1 satisfies the CHO execution condition, the terminal device selects cell 1 as the target primary cell, and the bandwidth of cell 1 is band1, and cell 1 indicated by the first information The supported CA band combinations are band1+band2 and band1+band3. The terminal device detects cell A, cell B, cell C, and cell D. The bandwidth of cell A and cell B is band2, the bandwidth of cell C is band3, and the bandwidth of cell C is band3. The bandwidth of D is band4. Since the band combination composed of cell A, cell B, and cell C and the target primary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the target primary cell, cell A, cell B, and cell C can be determined as the corresponding target primary cell. candidate secondary cells. Wherein, cell A, cell B, cell C, and cell D are different cells, cells 1-4 are different cells, and the cells in cells A-D and cells in cells 1-4 may be the same or different.

在另一种实现方式中,终端设备可以从至少一个候选小区中确定至少一个候选辅小区,为后续描述方便,将通过该方式确定出的至少一个候选辅小区记做至少一个第二候选辅小区。In another implementation manner, the terminal device may determine at least one candidate secondary cell from at least one candidate cell, and for the convenience of subsequent descriptions, the at least one candidate secondary cell determined in this manner is recorded as at least one second candidate secondary cell .

可选地,若存在多个候选小区满足CHO执行条件,UE从多个候选小区中确定出目标主小区后,可以判断多个候选小区中除去目标主小区外的其他满足CHO执行条件的候选小区是否可以与目标主小区一起为终端设备提供CA通信,终端设备将其中可以与目标主小区一起为终端设备提供CA通信的小区确定为候选辅小区。Optionally, if there are multiple candidate cells that satisfy the CHO execution condition, after determining the target primary cell from the multiple candidate cells, the UE may determine other candidate cells that satisfy the CHO execution condition except the target primary cell from the multiple candidate cells. Whether CA communication can be provided for the terminal device together with the target primary cell, the terminal device determines a cell in which CA communication can be provided for the terminal device together with the target primary cell as a candidate secondary cell.

例如,接入网设备配置的至少一个候选小区包括小区1-4,其中,小区1的带宽为band1,小区2的带宽为band1,小区3的带宽为band2,小区4的带宽为band3。终端设 备根据第四信息,确定出的目标主小区为小区1。接入网设备发送给终端设备的第一信息可以指示小区1-4支持的CA band组合信息。例如,第一信息指示小区1支持的CA band组合为band1+band2以及band1+band3。由于目标主小区为小区1,则,终端设备可以判断小区2、小区3、小区4是否可以与小区1一起为终端设备提供CA通信,由于小区3与目标主小区组成的band组合属于目标主小区支持的CA band组合,小区4与目标主小区组成的band组合属于目标主小区支持的CA band组合,因此可以将小区3和小区4确定为目标主小区对应的候选辅小区。For example, at least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, wherein the bandwidth of cell 1 is band1, the bandwidth of cell 2 is band1, the bandwidth of cell 3 is band2, and the bandwidth of cell 4 is band3. According to the fourth information, the terminal device determines that the target primary cell is cell 1. The first information sent by the access network device to the terminal device may indicate CA band combination information supported by cells 1-4. For example, the first information indicates that the CA band combinations supported by cell 1 are band1+band2 and band1+band3. Since the target primary cell is cell 1, the terminal device can determine whether cell 2, cell 3, and cell 4 can provide CA communication for the terminal device together with cell 1. Since the band combination composed of cell 3 and the target primary cell belongs to the target primary cell The supported CA band combination, the band combination composed of cell 4 and the target primary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the target primary cell, so cell 3 and cell 4 can be determined as candidate secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell.

在另一些实施方式中,终端设备在确定至少一个候选辅小区时还可以考虑小区的信号质量,例如,终端设备选择可以与目标主小区一起为终端设备提供CA通信且信号质量较好的小区作为候选辅小区。在一种实现方式中,源接入网设备可以向终端设备发送第一信号质量门限值,即执行步骤605,这样终端设备可以选择可以与目标主小区一起为终端设备提供CA通信且信号质量高于第一信号质量门限值的小区作为候选辅小区。In other embodiments, the terminal device may also consider the signal quality of the cell when determining at least one candidate secondary cell. For example, the terminal device selects a cell that can provide CA communication with the target primary cell and has better signal quality as the terminal device. candidate secondary cells. In an implementation manner, the source access network device can send the first signal quality threshold value to the terminal device, that is, step 605 is executed, so that the terminal device can choose to provide CA communication and signal quality for the terminal device together with the target primary cell. A cell higher than the first signal quality threshold value is used as a candidate secondary cell.

可选地,第一信号质量门限值可以通过RRC消息发送。Optionally, the first signal quality threshold value may be sent through an RRC message.

例如,第一信号质量门限值可以通过RRC重配置消息发送。For example, the first signal quality threshold value may be sent through an RRC reconfiguration message.

在另一些实施方式中,在从至少一个候选小区中选择第二候选辅小区时,终端设备还可以根据候选小区是否属于同一接入网设备,选择与目标主小区组成的band组合属于目标主小区支持的CA band组合,并且与目标主小区属于同一接入网设备的小区作为第二候选辅小区。In other embodiments, when selecting the second candidate secondary cell from at least one candidate cell, the terminal device may also select the band combination formed with the target primary cell to belong to the target primary cell according to whether the candidate cell belongs to the same access network device The supported CA band combination, and the cell belonging to the same access network equipment as the target primary cell is used as the second candidate secondary cell.

例如,接入网设备配置的至少一个候选小区包括小区1-4,其中,小区1-3属于第一候选接入网设备,小区4属于第二候选接入网设备,小区1的带宽为band1,小区2的带宽为band1,小区3的带宽为band2,小区4的频点为band3。终端设备根据第四信息,判断出小区1、小区3和小区4均满足CHO执行条件,一种示例,终端设备选择小区1作为目标主小区。接入网设备发送给终端设备的第一信息可以指示小区1-4支持的CA带宽band组合信息,例如,第一信息指示小区1支持的CA band组合为band1+band2以及band1+band3。则,终端设备可以判断小区3与小区1组成的band组合属于小区1支持的CA band组合,且,小区4与小区1组成的band组合属于小区1支持的CA band组合,由于小区3与小区1属于同一接入网设备,小区4与小区1属于不同接入网设备,因此,终端设备确定小区3为第二候选辅小区。For example, at least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, where cells 1-3 belong to the first candidate access network device, cell 4 belongs to the second candidate access network device, and the bandwidth of cell 1 is band1 , the bandwidth of cell 2 is band1, the bandwidth of cell 3 is band2, and the frequency of cell 4 is band3. The terminal device determines, according to the fourth information, that cell 1, cell 3 and cell 4 all satisfy the CHO execution condition. In an example, the terminal device selects cell 1 as the target primary cell. The first information sent by the access network device to the terminal device may indicate the CA bandwidth band combination information supported by cells 1-4. For example, the first information indicates that the CA band combinations supported by cell 1 are band1+band2 and band1+band3. Then, the terminal device can determine that the band combination composed of cell 3 and cell 1 belongs to the CA band combination supported by cell 1, and the band combination composed of cell 4 and cell 1 belongs to the CA band combination supported by cell 1. They belong to the same access network device, and cell 4 and cell 1 belong to different access network devices. Therefore, the terminal device determines that cell 3 is the second candidate secondary cell.

在一种实现方式中,终端设备可以从源接入网设备获取两个或两个以上的候选小区间是否属于同一接入网设备的信息。具体地,可以执行步骤606,即源接入网设备向终端设备发送第二信息,相应地,终端设备接收源接入网设备发送的第二信息,其中,第二信息指示至少一个候选小区中的两个或两个以上的候选小区是否属于同一个接入网设备,和/或,第二信息指示至少一个候选小区中的两个或两个以上的候选小区是否属于不同的接入网设备。In an implementation manner, the terminal device may obtain information on whether two or more candidate cells belong to the same access network device from the source access network device. Specifically, step 606 may be executed, that is, the source access network device sends the second information to the terminal device, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the second information sent by the source access network device, wherein the second information indicates at least one candidate cell in the whether two or more of the candidate cells belong to the same access network device, and/or the second information indicates whether two or more of the candidate cells in the at least one candidate cell belong to different access network devices .

例如,接入网设备配置的至少一个候选小区包括小区1-4,小区1-3属于同一接入网设备,且小区1-3与小区4不属于同一接入网设备。第二信息可以指示小区1与小区2属于同一接入网设备、小区1与小区3属于同一接入网设备、以及小区2与小区3属于同一接入网设备。或者,第二指示信息可以指示小区1、小区2、小区3属于同一接入网设备。或者,第二指示信息可以指示小区1与小区4不属于同一接入网设备、小区2与小区4不 属于同一接入网设备、以及小区3与小区4不属于同一接入网设备。或者,第二信息可以指示小区1-3与小区4不属于同一接入网设备。For example, the at least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, the cells 1-3 belong to the same access network device, and the cells 1-3 and 4 do not belong to the same access network device. The second information may indicate that cell 1 and cell 2 belong to the same access network device, cell 1 and cell 3 belong to the same access network device, and cell 2 and cell 3 belong to the same access network device. Alternatively, the second indication information may indicate that cell 1, cell 2, and cell 3 belong to the same access network device. Alternatively, the second indication information may indicate that cell 1 and cell 4 do not belong to the same access network device, cell 2 and cell 4 do not belong to the same access network device, and cell 3 and cell 4 do not belong to the same access network device. Alternatively, the second information may indicate that cells 1-3 and cell 4 do not belong to the same access network device.

可选地,第二信息可以通过RRC消息发送。Optionally, the second information may be sent through an RRC message.

例如,第二信息可以通过RRC重配置消息发送。For example, the second information may be sent through an RRC reconfiguration message.

在步骤607中,终端设备尝试接入/切换至目标主小区。例如,终端设备向目标接入网设备发起随机接入过程,以便终端设备切换/接入目标接入网设备。In step 607, the terminal device attempts to access/handover to the target primary cell. For example, the terminal device initiates a random access procedure to the target access network device, so that the terminal device switches/accesses the target access network device.

在步骤608中,在终端设备接入/切换至目标主小区后,终端设备向目标接入网设备发送至少一个候选辅小区的信息,相应地,目标接入网设备接收终端设备发送的至少一个候选辅小区的信息,其中,目标接入网设备为目标主小区所属的接入网设备,图6中以第一候选接入网设备为被确定出的目标接入网设备为例。可选地,至少一个候选辅小区的信息可以包括至少一个候选辅小区的标识信息、至少一个候选辅小区的信号质量测量结果等。In step 608, after the terminal device accesses/handovers to the target primary cell, the terminal device sends information of at least one candidate secondary cell to the target access network device, and correspondingly, the target access network device receives the at least one candidate secondary cell sent by the terminal device. The information of the candidate secondary cell, wherein the target access network device is the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs, and FIG. 6 takes the first candidate access network device as the determined target access network device as an example. Optionally, the information of the at least one candidate secondary cell may include identification information of the at least one candidate secondary cell, a signal quality measurement result of the at least one candidate secondary cell, and the like.

可选地,上述标识信息包括PCI、频率信息、CGI、小区索引、小区对应的测量标识(measID)、和小区对应的CHO-ConfigId中的至少一个。Optionally, the above-mentioned identification information includes at least one of PCI, frequency information, CGI, cell index, measurement identification (measID) corresponding to the cell, and CHO-ConfigId corresponding to the cell.

可选地,至少一个候选辅小区的信息可以通过RRC消息发送。例如,至少一个候选辅小区的信息可以通过RRC重配置完成消息发送。Optionally, the information of at least one candidate secondary cell may be sent through an RRC message. For example, the information of at least one candidate secondary cell may be sent through the RRC reconfiguration complete message.

在一些实施方式中,目标接入网设备可以根据接收到的至少一个候选辅小区的信息,确定至少一个辅小区,即执行步骤609。In some embodiments, the target access network device may determine at least one secondary cell according to the received information of at least one candidate secondary cell, that is, perform step 609 .

可选地,目标接入网设备可以将终端设备上报的至少一个候选辅小区中的部分或全部小区配置为辅小区,并进行激活。例如,目标接入网设备根据至少一个候选辅小区的信号质量测量结果、与目标主小区是否属于同一接入网设备等,决定是否配置CA以及哪些小区可以最终被确定为辅小区。Optionally, the target access network device may configure some or all of the at least one candidate secondary cell reported by the terminal device as secondary cells and activate it. For example, the target access network device decides whether to configure CA and which cells can be finally determined as secondary cells according to the signal quality measurement result of at least one candidate secondary cell and whether it belongs to the same access network device as the target primary cell.

在一些实施方式中,还可以执行步骤610,即目标接入网设备可以将最终确定出的至少一个辅小区的信息发送给终端设备。例如,目标接入网设备将确定出的至少一个辅小区的小区信息、至少一个辅小区的配置信息(例如,TS38331-f70中的信元ServingCellConfig、ServingCellConfigCommon)等发送给终端设备。终端设备接收到上述信息后,可以进行辅小区的配置,进一步,可选地,激活该辅小区。即,终端设备可以完成CA配置。In some embodiments, step 610 may also be performed, that is, the target access network device may send the information of the finally determined at least one secondary cell to the terminal device. For example, the target access network device sends the determined cell information of at least one secondary cell and configuration information of at least one secondary cell (eg, information elements ServingCellConfig and ServingCellConfigCommon in TS38331-f70) to the terminal device. After receiving the above information, the terminal device may configure the secondary cell, and further, optionally, activate the secondary cell. That is, the terminal device can complete the CA configuration.

例如,终端设备确定小区2、小区3为第二候选辅小区。则,终端设备向目标接入网设备发送小区2、小区3的信息。进一步地,目标接入网设备可以确定是否配置CA以及将哪些小区确定为辅小区,一种示例,目标接入网设备将小区2确定为可以与目标小区一起为终端设备提供CA通信的辅小区,则,目标接入网设备将小区2的小区信息、配置信息(例如,TS38331-f70中的信元ServingCellConfig、ServingCellConfigCommon)等发送给终端设备,进而,终端设备将小区2配置成能与目标小区(即小区1)一起为终端设备提供CA通信的辅小区,进一步,可选地,终端设备可以激活小区2,即目标接入网设备管辖的小区1、小区2可以同时与终端设备进行通信,或者说,小区1与小区2组成的band组合是终端设备/目标接入网设备支持的CA band组合。For example, the terminal device determines that cell 2 and cell 3 are the second candidate secondary cells. Then, the terminal device sends the information of the cell 2 and the cell 3 to the target access network device. Further, the target access network device can determine whether to configure CA and which cells are determined as secondary cells. In an example, the target access network device determines cell 2 as a secondary cell that can provide CA communication for the terminal device together with the target cell. , the target access network device sends the cell information and configuration information of cell 2 (for example, the information elements ServingCellConfig and ServingCellConfigCommon in TS38331-f70) to the terminal device, and then the terminal device configures cell 2 to be able to communicate with the target cell. (that is, cell 1) together provide the terminal equipment with a secondary cell for CA communication, further, optionally, the terminal equipment can activate cell 2, that is, the cell 1 and cell 2 under the jurisdiction of the target access network equipment can communicate with the terminal equipment at the same time, In other words, the band combination composed of cell 1 and cell 2 is the CA band combination supported by the terminal device/target access network device.

需要说明的是,本申请实施例中最终确定的辅小区与目标主小区属于同一个接入网设备。It should be noted that the secondary cell finally determined in the embodiment of the present application and the target primary cell belong to the same access network device.

还需要说明的是,图6所示的第一信息、第二信息、第三信息和第四信息可以通过一 条消息发送,也可以通过不同的消息发送,本申请实施例不作具体限定。并且本申请实施例对于步骤601、604、605和606间的执行先后顺序不作具体限定。还需要说明的是,上文仅描述了RRC配置完成消息是针对步骤601中的第一信息的答复这一种情况,如果第一信息、第二信息、第三信息和第四信息通过同一条消息发送,则RRC配置完成消息是针对包含第一信息、第二信息、第三信息和第四信息的RRC消息的答复;如果第二信息、第三信息和第四信息与第一信息通过不同消息发送,则针对该不同的消息分别可以有相应的答复。It should also be noted that the first information, the second information, the third information and the fourth information shown in FIG. 6 may be sent through one message, or may be sent through different messages, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application. In addition, the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the execution sequence of steps 601 , 604 , 605 and 606 . It should also be noted that the above only describes the case where the RRC configuration complete message is a reply to the first message in step 601, if the first message, the second message, the third message and the fourth message pass through the same message message sending, the RRC configuration complete message is a reply to the RRC message containing the first information, the second information, the third information and the fourth information; if the second information, the third information and the fourth information are different from the first information through If the message is sent, there may be corresponding replies to the different messages.

在上述技术方案中,由源接入网设备向终端设备指示至少一个候选小区支持的CA band组合信息、候选小区间是否属于同一接入网设备的信息、以及信号质量门限值等,使得终端设备可以在确定出目标主小区并成功接入目标主小区后,将可以与目标主小区一起为终端设备提供CA通信的小区的信息发送给目标主小区,进而,目标主小区可以决定是否为终端设备配置CA以及配置哪些小区作为辅小区。通过该技术方案,可以实现在CHO过程中快速配置CA,有助于减少CA配置时延,提升系统吞吐量。In the above technical solution, the source access network device indicates to the terminal device the CA band combination information supported by at least one candidate cell, the information on whether the candidate cells belong to the same access network device, and the signal quality threshold value, etc., so that the terminal device After determining the target primary cell and successfully accessing the target primary cell, the device can send the information of the cell that can provide CA communication for the terminal device together with the target primary cell to the target primary cell, and then the target primary cell can decide whether it is the terminal The device configures CA and which cells are configured as secondary cells. Through this technical solution, the CA can be quickly configured in the CHO process, which helps to reduce the CA configuration delay and improve the system throughput.

图7是本申请实施例提供的DC配置方法的示意性流程图。图7所示的方法包括以下内容的至少部分内容。FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a DC configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method shown in FIG. 7 includes at least part of the following.

图7所示的方法可以由终端设备和接入网设备执行,也可以由终端设备和接入网设备中的模块或单元(例如,电路、芯片或者SOC等)执行。图7中以终端设备和接入网设备为执行主体为例,对本申请实施例的DC配置方法进行描述。The method shown in FIG. 7 may be performed by the terminal device and the access network device, or may be performed by a module or unit (eg, circuit, chip, or SOC, etc.) in the terminal device and the access network device. In FIG. 7 , a DC configuration method according to an embodiment of the present application is described by taking a terminal device and an access network device as an execution subject as an example.

在步骤701中,源接入网设备向终端设备发送第一信息,相应地,终端设备接收来自源接入网设备的第一信息。其中,第一信息指示至少一个候选小区支持的DC band组合信息。In step 701, the source access network device sends first information to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first information from the source access network device. Wherein, the first information indicates DC band combination information supported by at least one candidate cell.

在本申请实施例中,至少一个候选小区用于终端设备从中选择目标主小区。也就是说,终端设备可以从至少一个候选小区中确定出待切换至的目标主小区。In this embodiment of the present application, at least one candidate cell is used by the terminal device to select the target primary cell from it. That is, the terminal device can determine the target primary cell to be handed over to from at least one candidate cell.

在一些实施方式中,第一信息可以指示至少一个候选小区中的部分或全部候选小区所支持的DC band信息。In some embodiments, the first information may indicate DC band information supported by some or all of the candidate cells in the at least one candidate cell.

例如,接入网设备配置的至少一个候选小区包括小区1、小区2和小区4,小区1的频点为f1,小区1支持的DC band组合为f1+f2以及f1+f4,小区2的频点为f5,小区2支持的DC band组合为f5+f1,小区4的频点为f2,小区4支持的DC band组合为f2+f3,在此情况下,第一信息可以指示小区1支持的DC band组合为f1+f2以及f1+f4,小区2支持的CA band组合为f5+f1,小区4支持的DC band组合为f2+f3。For example, at least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cell 1, cell 2, and cell 4. The frequency point of cell 1 is f1, the DC band combinations supported by cell 1 are f1+f2 and f1+f4, and the frequency point of cell 2 is f1+f2. The point is f5, the DC band combination supported by cell 2 is f5+f1, the frequency point of cell 4 is f2, and the DC band combination supported by cell 4 is f2+f3. The DC band combination is f1+f2 and f1+f4, the CA band combination supported by cell 2 is f5+f1, and the DC band combination supported by cell 4 is f2+f3.

又例如,接入网设备配置的至少一个候选小区包括小区1、小区2和小区4,小区1的带宽为band1,小区1支持的DC band组合为band1+band2以及band1+band4,小区4的带宽为band2,小区4支持的DC band组合为band2+band3,在此情况下,第一信息可以指示小区1支持的DC band组合为band1+band2以及band1+band4,小区4支持的DC band组合为band2+band3。For another example, at least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cell 1, cell 2, and cell 4. The bandwidth of cell 1 is band1, the DC band combinations supported by cell 1 are band1+band2 and band1+band4, and the bandwidth of cell 4 is band1+band2 and band1+band4. is band2, and the DC band combination supported by cell 4 is band2+band3. In this case, the first information can indicate that the DC band combination supported by cell 1 is band1+band2 and band1+band4, and the DC band combination supported by cell 4 is band2. +band3.

可选地,第一信息可以通过RRC消息发送。Optionally, the first information may be sent through an RRC message.

例如,第一信息可以承载在RRC重配置消息中。For example, the first information may be carried in an RRC reconfiguration message.

可选地,第一信息可以通过一条或者多条RRC消息发送。Optionally, the first information may be sent through one or more RRC messages.

例如,源接入网设备可以发送多条RRC消息,每条RRC消息可以携带一个候选小区 支持的DC band组合信息。For example, the source access network device can send multiple RRC messages, and each RRC message can carry the DC band combination information supported by a candidate cell.

又例如,源接入网设备可以发送一条RRC消息,该条RRC消息可以携带至少一个候选小区中的部分或全部候选小区所支持的DC band信息。For another example, the source access network device may send an RRC message, where the RRC message may carry DC band information supported by some or all of the candidate cells in the at least one candidate cell.

在步骤702中,终端设备从至少一个候选小区中选择/确定目标主小区。本申请实施例的目标小区的选择/确定方式与图6中目标小区的选择/确定方式类似,例如,步骤702可以参考步骤602的描述,步骤704可以参考步骤604的描述,在此不再赘述。In step 702, the terminal device selects/determines a target primary cell from at least one candidate cell. The selection/determination method of the target cell in this embodiment of the present application is similar to the selection/determination method of the target cell in FIG. 6 . For example, step 702 may refer to the description of step 602, and step 704 may refer to the description of step 604, which will not be repeated here. .

在步骤703中,终端设备根据第一信息,确定至少一个候选主辅小区。In step 703, the terminal device determines at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the first information.

在一些实施方式中,终端设备根据确定的目标主小区,以及目标主小区支持的DC band组合,确定至少一个候选主辅小区,其中,至少一个候选主辅小区与目标主小区组成的band组合属于目标主小区支持的DC band组合。In some embodiments, the terminal device determines at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the determined target primary cell and the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell, wherein the band combination composed of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to DC band combination supported by the target primary cell.

例如,接入网设备配置的至少一个候选小区包括小区1-4,终端设备从至少一个候选小区中选择小区1作为目标主小区,而小区1的频点为f1,小区1支持的DC band组合为f1+f2以及f1+f4,终端设备可以将频点为f2或f4的小区确定为候选主辅小区。For example, at least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, the terminal device selects cell 1 from the at least one candidate cell as the target primary cell, and the frequency point of cell 1 is f1, and the DC band combination supported by cell 1 For f1+f2 and f1+f4, the terminal device may determine the cell with the frequency point f2 or f4 as the candidate primary and secondary cells.

又例如,接入网设备配置的至少一个候选小区包括小区1-4,终端设备从至少一个候选小区中选择小区1作为目标主小区,而小区1的band为band1,小区1支持的DC band组合为band1+band2以及band1+band4,终端设备可以将带宽为band2或band4的小区确定为候选主辅小区。For another example, the at least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, the terminal device selects cell 1 from the at least one candidate cell as the target primary cell, and the band of cell 1 is band1, and the DC band combination supported by cell 1 For band1+band2 and band1+band4, the terminal device may determine a cell with a bandwidth of band2 or band4 as a candidate primary and secondary cell.

在一种实现方式中,终端设备可以从终端设备可以或者有能力检测到的小区中确定至少一个候选主辅小区,为后续描述方便,将通过该方式确定出的至少一个候选主辅小区记做至少一个第一候选主辅小区。In an implementation manner, the terminal device may determine at least one candidate primary and secondary cell from the cells that the terminal device can or is capable of detecting. For the convenience of the subsequent description, the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell determined in this manner is recorded as At least one first candidate primary and secondary cell.

例如,接入网设备配置的至少一个候选小区包括小区1-4,小区1满足CHO执行条件,终端设备选择小区1作为目标主小区,而小区1的带宽为band1,第一信息指示的小区1支持的DC band组合为band1+band2以及band1+band4,终端设备检测到小区A、小区B、小区C和小区D,其中,小区A和小区B的带宽为band2,小区C的带宽为band3,小区D的带宽为band4,由于小区A、小区B和小区D与目标主小区组成的band组合属于目标主小区支持的DC band组合,则终端设备可以确定小区A、小区B和小区D为目标主小区对应的候选主辅小区。其中,小区A、小区B、小区C和小区D是不同的小区,小区1-4是不同的小区,小区A-D中的小区与小区1-4中的小区可以相同或不同。For example, at least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, cell 1 satisfies the CHO execution condition, the terminal device selects cell 1 as the target primary cell, and the bandwidth of cell 1 is band1, and cell 1 indicated by the first information The supported DC band combinations are band1+band2 and band1+band4. The terminal device detects cell A, cell B, cell C, and cell D. The bandwidth of cell A and cell B is band2, the bandwidth of cell C is band3, and the bandwidth of cell C is band3. The bandwidth of D is band4. Since the band combination composed of cell A, cell B, and cell D and the target primary cell belongs to the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell, the terminal device can determine that cell A, cell B, and cell D are the target primary cell. The corresponding candidate primary and secondary cells. Wherein, cell A, cell B, cell C, and cell D are different cells, cells 1-4 are different cells, and the cells in cells A-D and cells in cells 1-4 may be the same or different.

在另一种实现方式中,终端设备可以从至少一个候选小区中确定至少一个候选主辅小区,为后续描述方便,将通过该方式确定出的至少一个候选主辅小区记做至少一个第二候选主辅小区。In another implementation manner, the terminal device may determine at least one candidate primary and secondary cell from at least one candidate cell, and for the convenience of subsequent description, the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell determined in this manner is recorded as at least one second candidate Primary and secondary districts.

可选地,若存在多个候选小区满足CHO执行条件,终端设备从多个候选小区中确定出目标主小区后,可以判断多个候选小区中除去目标主小区外的其他满足CHO执行条件的候选小区是否可以与目标主小区一起为终端设备提供DC通信,终端设备将其中可以与目标主小区一起为终端设备提供DC通信的小区确定为候选主辅小区。Optionally, if there are multiple candidate cells that satisfy the CHO execution conditions, after determining the target primary cell from the multiple candidate cells, the terminal device can determine other candidates that satisfy the CHO execution conditions except the target primary cell from the multiple candidate cells. Whether the cell can provide DC communication for the terminal device together with the target primary cell, the terminal device determines the cell in which the DC communication can be provided for the terminal device together with the target primary cell as a candidate primary and secondary cell.

例如,接入网设备配置的至少一个候选小区包括小区1-4,其中,小区1的带宽为band1,小区2的带宽为band2,小区3的带宽为band2,小区4的带宽为band3。终端设备根据第四信息,确定出的目标主小区为小区1。接入网设备发送给终端设备的第一信息可以指示小区1-4支持的DC band组合信息。例如,第一信息指示小区1支持的DC band 组合为band1+band2以及band1+band4。由于目标主小区为小区1,则终端设备可以判断小区2、小区3、小区4是否可以与小区1为终端设备提供DC通信,由于小区2与目标主小区组成的band组合属于目标主小区支持的DC band组合,小区3与目标主小区组成的band组合属于目标主小区支持的DC band组合,因此终端设备可以将小区2、小区3确定为目标主小区对应的候选主辅小区。For example, at least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, wherein the bandwidth of cell 1 is band1, the bandwidth of cell 2 is band2, the bandwidth of cell 3 is band2, and the bandwidth of cell 4 is band3. According to the fourth information, the terminal device determines that the target primary cell is cell 1. The first information sent by the access network device to the terminal device may indicate DC band combination information supported by cells 1-4. For example, the first information indicates that the DC band combinations supported by cell 1 are band1+band2 and band1+band4. Since the target primary cell is cell 1, the terminal equipment can determine whether cell 2, cell 3, and cell 4 can provide DC communication with cell 1 for the terminal equipment. DC band combination, the band combination composed of cell 3 and the target primary cell belongs to the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell, so the terminal device can determine cell 2 and cell 3 as candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell.

在另一些实施方式中,终端设备在确定至少一个候选主辅小区时还可以考虑小区的信号质量,例如,终端设备选择可以与目标主小区一起为终端设备提供DC通信且信号质量较好的小区作为候选主辅小区。在一种实现方式中,源接入网设备可以向终端设备发送第二信号质量门限值,即执行步骤705,这样终端设备可以选择可以与目标主小区一起为终端设备提供DC通信且信号质量高于第二信号质量门限值的小区作为候选主辅小区。In other embodiments, the terminal device may also consider the signal quality of the cell when determining at least one candidate primary and secondary cell. For example, the terminal device selects a cell that can provide DC communication with the target primary cell for the terminal device and has better signal quality as a candidate primary and secondary cell. In an implementation manner, the source access network device can send the second signal quality threshold value to the terminal device, that is, step 705 is executed, so that the terminal device can choose to provide DC communication and signal quality for the terminal device together with the target primary cell. A cell higher than the second signal quality threshold value is used as a candidate primary and secondary cell.

可选地,第二信号质量门限值可以通过RRC消息发送。Optionally, the second signal quality threshold value may be sent through an RRC message.

例如,第二信号质量门限值可以通过RRC重配置消息发送。For example, the second signal quality threshold value may be sent through an RRC reconfiguration message.

在另一些实施方式中,在从至少一个候选小区中选择第二候选主辅小区时,终端设备还可以根据候选小区间是否属于同一接入网设备,选择与目标主小区组成的band组合属于目标主小区支持的DC band组合,并且与目标主小区属于不同的接入网设备的小区作为第二候选主辅小区。In other embodiments, when selecting the second candidate primary and secondary cells from at least one candidate cell, the terminal device may also select the band combination composed of the target primary cell and the target primary cell to belong to the target according to whether the candidate cells belong to the same access network device. The DC band combination supported by the primary cell and the cell belonging to a different access network device from the target primary cell is used as the second candidate primary and secondary cell.

例如,接入网设备配置的至少一个候选小区包括小区1-4,其中,小区1-3属于第一候选接入网设备,小区4属于第二候选接入网设备,小区1的带宽为band1,小区2的带宽为band2,小区3的带宽为band2,小区4的带宽为band4。终端设备根据第四信息,判断出小区1、小区3和小区4均满足CHO执行条件,一种示例,终端设备选择小区1作为目标主小区。接入网设备发送给终端设备的第一信息可以指示小区1-4支持的DC band组合信息,例如,第一信息指示小区1支持的DC band组合为band1+band2以及band1+band4。则,终端设备判断出小区2、小区3分别与小区1组成的band组合属于小区1支持的DC band组合,但由于小区2、小区3与小区1属于同一接入网设备,因此,小区2、小区3不能作为目标主小区的候选主辅小区。另外,终端设备判断出小区4与小区1组成的band组合属于小区1支持的DC band组合,且小区4与小区1属于不同的接入网设备,因此,终端设备可以将小区4确定为目标主小区的第二候选主辅小区。For example, at least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, where cells 1-3 belong to the first candidate access network device, cell 4 belongs to the second candidate access network device, and the bandwidth of cell 1 is band1 , the bandwidth of cell 2 is band2, the bandwidth of cell 3 is band2, and the bandwidth of cell 4 is band4. The terminal device determines, according to the fourth information, that cell 1, cell 3 and cell 4 all satisfy the CHO execution condition. In an example, the terminal device selects cell 1 as the target primary cell. The first information sent by the access network device to the terminal device may indicate DC band combination information supported by cells 1-4. For example, the first information indicates that the DC band combinations supported by cell 1 are band1+band2 and band1+band4. Then, the terminal device determines that the band combinations composed of cell 2, cell 3 and cell 1 belong to the DC band combination supported by cell 1, but since cell 2, cell 3 and cell 1 belong to the same access network device, therefore, cell 2, cell 3 and cell 1 belong to the same access network device. Cell 3 cannot be a candidate primary and secondary cell of the target primary cell. In addition, the terminal device determines that the band combination composed of cell 4 and cell 1 belongs to the DC band combination supported by cell 1, and that cell 4 and cell 1 belong to different access network devices. Therefore, the terminal device can determine cell 4 as the target host. The second candidate primary and secondary cells of the cell.

在一种实现方式中,终端设备可以从源接入网设备获取两个或两个以上的候选小区间是否属于同一接入网设备的信息。具体地,可以执行步骤706,即源接入网设备向终端设备发送第二信息,相应地,终端设备接收源接入网设备发送的第二信息,其中,第二信息指示至少一个候选小区中的两个或者两个以上的候选小区是否属于同一个接入网设备,和/或,第二信息指示至少一个候选小区中的两个或者两个以上的候选小区是否属于不同的接入网设备。In an implementation manner, the terminal device may obtain information on whether two or more candidate cells belong to the same access network device from the source access network device. Specifically, step 706 may be executed, that is, the source access network device sends the second information to the terminal device, and accordingly, the terminal device receives the second information sent by the source access network device, where the second information indicates at least one candidate cell in the whether two or more of the candidate cells belong to the same access network device, and/or the second information indicates whether two or more of the candidate cells in the at least one candidate cell belong to different access network devices .

可选地,第二信息可以通过RRC消息发送。Optionally, the second information may be sent through an RRC message.

例如,第二信息可以通过RRC重配置消息发送。For example, the second information may be sent through an RRC reconfiguration message.

在步骤707中,终端设备尝试接入/切换至目标主小区。例如,终端设备向目标接入网设备发起随机接入过程,以便终端设备切换/接入目标接入网设备。In step 707, the terminal device attempts to access/handover to the target primary cell. For example, the terminal device initiates a random access procedure to the target access network device, so that the terminal device switches/accesses the target access network device.

在步骤708中,在终端设备接入/切换至目标主小区后,终端设备向目标接入网设备发送至少一个候选主辅小区的信息,相应地,目标接入网设备接收终端设备发送的至少一 个候选主辅小区的信息,其中,目标接入网设备为目标主小区所属的接入网设备,图7中以第一候选接入网设备为被确定出的目标接入网设备为例。可选地,至少一个候选主辅小区的信息可以包括至少一个候选主辅小区的标识信息、至少一个候选主辅小区的信号质量测量结果等。In step 708, after the terminal device accesses/handovers to the target primary cell, the terminal device sends information of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell to the target access network device, and accordingly, the target access network device receives at least one information sent by the terminal device. Information of a candidate primary and secondary cell, wherein the target access network device is the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs. In FIG. 7 , the first candidate access network device is the determined target access network device as an example. Optionally, the information of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell may include identification information of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, a signal quality measurement result of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, and the like.

可选地,上述标识信息包括PCI、频率信息、CGI、小区索引、小区对应的测量标识(measID)、以及小区对应的CHO-ConfigId中的至少一个。Optionally, the above-mentioned identification information includes at least one of PCI, frequency information, CGI, cell index, measurement identification (measID) corresponding to the cell, and CHO-ConfigId corresponding to the cell.

可选地,至少一个候选主辅小区的信息可以通过RRC消息发送。Optionally, the information of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell may be sent through an RRC message.

例如,至少一个候选辅主小区的信息可以通过RRC重配置完成消息发送。For example, the information of at least one candidate secondary primary cell may be sent through the RRC reconfiguration complete message.

在一些实施方式中,目标接入网设备可以根据接收到的至少一个候选主辅小区的信息,确定主辅小区,记执行步骤709。In some embodiments, the target access network device may determine the primary and secondary cells according to the received information of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell, and perform step 709 .

可选地,目标接入网设备可以将终端设备上报的至少一个候选主辅小区中的一个小区确定为主辅小区。Optionally, the target access network device may determine one of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cells reported by the terminal device as the primary and secondary cell.

例如,目标接入网设备根据至少一个候选主辅小区的信号质量测量结果、以及与目标主小区是否属于同一接入网设备等,决定是否配置DC以及添加哪个小区作为主辅小区。For example, the target access network device decides whether to configure DC and which cell to add as the primary and secondary cell according to the signal quality measurement result of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and whether it belongs to the same access network device as the target primary cell.

可选地,在步骤710中,目标接入网设备确定出主辅小区后,可以与该主辅小区所属的接入网设备进行辅节点添加流程,具体添加流程可以参见图5的相关描述,在此不再赘述。Optionally, in step 710, after the target access network device determines the primary and secondary cells, it may perform a secondary node addition process with the access network device to which the primary and secondary cells belong. It is not repeated here.

在一些实施方式中,还可以执行步骤711,即目标接入网设备可以将SCG的配置信息发送给终端设备。例如,辅节点添加流程完成后,目标接入网设备将主辅小区的小区信息、主辅小区的配置信息(例如,TS38331-f70中的信元ServingCellConfig、ServingCellConfigCommon)、主辅小区的辅小区的小区信息、以及主辅小区的辅小区的配置信息(例如,TS38331-f70中的信元ServingCellConfig、ServingCellConfigCommon)等发送给终端设备。终端设备接收到SCG的配置信息后,可以进行SCG配置。例如,终端设备进行主辅小区的配置,可选地进行主辅小区的辅小区的配置。即,终端设备可以完成DC配置。In some embodiments, step 711 may also be performed, that is, the target access network device may send the configuration information of the SCG to the terminal device. For example, after the secondary node addition process is completed, the target access network device sends the cell information of the primary and secondary cells, the configuration information of the primary and secondary cells (for example, the information elements ServingCellConfig and ServingCellConfigCommon in TS38331-f70), and the information of the secondary cells of the primary and secondary cells. The cell information and the configuration information of the secondary cells of the primary and secondary cells (for example, the information elements ServingCellConfig and ServingCellConfigCommon in TS38331-f70) are sent to the terminal device. After receiving the configuration information of the SCG, the terminal device can configure the SCG. For example, the terminal equipment performs the configuration of the primary and secondary cells, and optionally performs the configuration of the secondary cells of the primary and secondary cells. That is, the terminal device can complete the DC configuration.

例如,接入网设备配置的至少一个候选小区包括小区1-4,其中,小区1-2属于第一候选接入网设备,小区3-4属于第二候选接入网设备,小区1的带宽为band1,小区2的带宽为band2,小区3的带宽为band2,小区4的频点为band3。终端设备根据第四信息,判断出小区1、小区3和小区4均满足CHO执行条件,一种示例,终端设备选择小区1作为目标主小区,则目标接入网设备为第一候选接入网设备。接入网设备发送给终端设备的第一信息可以指示小区1-4支持的载波聚合DC带宽band组合信息,例如,第一信息指示小区1支持的DC band组合为band1+band2以及band1+band3。则,终端设备可以判断小区2、小区3、小区4分别与小区1组成的band组合属于小区1支持的DC band组合,由于小区2与小区1属于同一接入网设备,小区3、小区4与小区1属于不同接入网设备,因此,终端设备确定小区3和小区4为第二候选主辅小区。则,终端设备向目标接入网设备发送小区3和小区4的信息。进一步地,目标接入网设备可以确定是否配置DC以及将哪个小区确定为主辅小区,一种示例,目标接入网设备将小区4确定为可以与目标主小区一起为终端设备提供DC通信的主辅小区,则,目标接入网设备将小区4的小区信息、配置信息(例如,TS38331-f70中的信元ServingCellConfig、ServingCellConfigCommon)等 发送给终端设备,进而,终端设备将小区4配置成能与目标主小区(即小区1)一起为终端设备提供DC通信的主辅小区,进一步,可选地,终端设备可以激活小区4,即目标接入网设备管辖的小区1和第二候选接入网设备管辖的小区4可以同时与终端设备进行通信,或者说,小区1与小区2组成的band组合是终端设备/目标接入网设备支持的DC band组合。For example, at least one candidate cell configured by the access network device includes cells 1-4, where cell 1-2 belongs to the first candidate access network device, cell 3-4 belongs to the second candidate access network device, and the bandwidth of cell 1 is band1, the bandwidth of cell 2 is band2, the bandwidth of cell 3 is band2, and the frequency of cell 4 is band3. According to the fourth information, the terminal device determines that cell 1, cell 3, and cell 4 all meet the CHO execution conditions. In an example, the terminal device selects cell 1 as the target primary cell, and the target access network device is the first candidate access network equipment. The first information sent by the access network device to the terminal device may indicate carrier aggregation DC bandwidth band combination information supported by cells 1-4. For example, the first information indicates that the DC band combinations supported by cell 1 are band1+band2 and band1+band3. Then, the terminal device can determine that the band combinations composed of cell 2, cell 3, and cell 4 and cell 1 belong to the DC band combination supported by cell 1. Since cell 2 and cell 1 belong to the same access network device, cell 3, cell 4 and Cell 1 belongs to different access network devices. Therefore, the terminal device determines that cell 3 and cell 4 are the second candidate primary and secondary cells. Then, the terminal device sends the information of cell 3 and cell 4 to the target access network device. Further, the target access network device can determine whether to configure DC and which cell is determined as the primary and secondary cell. In an example, the target access network device determines cell 4 as a cell that can provide DC communication for the terminal device together with the target primary cell. primary and secondary cells, the target access network device sends the cell information and configuration information of cell 4 (for example, the information elements ServingCellConfig and ServingCellConfigCommon in TS38331-f70) to the terminal device, and then the terminal device configures cell 4 to enable Together with the target primary cell (that is, cell 1), the primary and secondary cells that provide the terminal equipment with DC communication, further, optionally, the terminal equipment can activate cell 4, that is, the cell 1 and the second candidate access under the jurisdiction of the target access network equipment The cell 4 governed by the network equipment can communicate with the terminal equipment at the same time. In other words, the band combination formed by the cell 1 and the cell 2 is the DC band combination supported by the terminal equipment/target access network equipment.

需要说明的是,本申请实施例中的目标主小区属于主接入网设备,最终确定的主辅小区属于辅接入网设备,两者属于不同的接入网设备。It should be noted that the target primary cell in the embodiment of the present application belongs to the primary access network device, and the finally determined primary and secondary cells belong to the secondary access network device, and the two belong to different access network devices.

还需要说明的是,图7中部分步骤的描述可以参考图6中具有相同功能的步骤,图7中不再进行繁琐的描述。It should also be noted that, for the description of some steps in FIG. 7 , reference may be made to steps having the same functions in FIG. 6 , and tedious descriptions are not repeated in FIG.

还需要说明的是,图7所示的第一信息、第二信息、第三信息和第四信息可以通过一条消息发送,也可以通过不同的消息发送,本申请实施例不作具体限定。并且本申请实施例对于步骤701、704、705和706间的执行先后顺序不作具体限定。It should also be noted that, the first information, the second information, the third information and the fourth information shown in FIG. 7 may be sent through one message, or may be sent through different messages, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. In addition, the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the execution sequence of steps 701 , 704 , 705 and 706 .

在上述技术方案中,由源接入网设备向终端设备指示至少一个候选小区支持的DC band组合信息、候选小区间是否属于同一接入网设备的信息、以及信号质量门限值等,使得终端设备在确定出目标主小区并成功接入目标主小区后,将可以与目标主小区一起为终端设备提供DC通信的小区的信息发送给目标主小区,进而,目标主小区可以决定是否为终端设备配置DC以及配置哪个小区作为主辅小区。通过该技术方案,可以实现在CHO过程中快速配置DC,以减少DC配置时延,提升系统吞吐量。In the above technical solution, the source access network device indicates to the terminal device the DC band combination information supported by at least one candidate cell, the information on whether the candidate cells belong to the same access network device, and the signal quality threshold value, etc., so that the terminal device After the device determines the target primary cell and successfully accesses the target primary cell, it sends the information of the cell that can provide DC communication for the terminal device together with the target primary cell to the target primary cell, and then the target primary cell can decide whether it is a terminal device or not. Configure the DC and configure which cell is the primary and secondary cell. Through this technical solution, the DC can be quickly configured in the CHO process, so as to reduce the DC configuration delay and improve the system throughput.

需要说明的是,图6和图7所示的实施例可以单独实施,也可以结合在一起实施。当图6和图7所示的实施例结合在一起实施时,第一信息可以指示至少一个候选小区支持的CA band组合信息和DC band组合信息;第二信息可以指示至少一个候选小区中的两个或者两个以上的候选小区是否属于同一个接入网设备,和/或,指示至少一个候选小区中的两个或者两个以上的候选小区是否不属于同一个接入网设备;第三信息可以指示第一信号质量门限值和第二信号质量门限值;终端设备上报的至少一个辅小区的信息,其中至少一个辅小区中的小区可以属于MCG,也可以属于SCG。图6和图7所示的实施例结合在一起实施,即在CHO过程中同时配置CA和DC,可以快速配置CA和DC,有助于减少CA和DC的配置时延,提升系统的吞吐量。It should be noted that, the embodiments shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 may be implemented independently or in combination. When the embodiments shown in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 are implemented together, the first information may indicate the CA band combination information and the DC band combination information supported by the at least one candidate cell; the second information may indicate two of the at least one candidate cell. Whether the one or more candidate cells belong to the same access network device, and/or indicates whether two or more candidate cells in at least one candidate cell do not belong to the same access network device; third information The first signal quality threshold value and the second signal quality threshold value may be indicated; the information of at least one secondary cell reported by the terminal equipment, wherein the cell in the at least one secondary cell may belong to the MCG or the SCG. The embodiments shown in Figure 6 and Figure 7 are implemented together, that is, the CA and DC are configured at the same time during the CHO process, which can quickly configure the CA and DC, which helps to reduce the configuration delay of the CA and DC and improve the system throughput. .

图8是本申请另一实施例提供的CA和/或DC配置方法的示意性流程图。图8所示的方法可以由终端设备和接入网设备执行,也可以由终端设备和接入网设备中的模块或单元(例如,电路、芯片或者片上系统(system on a chip,SOC)等)执行。图8中以终端设备和接入网设备为执行主体为例,对本申请实施例的CA和/或DC配置方法进行描述。图8所示的方法包括以下内容的至少部分内容。FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a CA and/or DC configuration method provided by another embodiment of the present application. The method shown in FIG. 8 may be performed by the terminal device and the access network device, or may be performed by a module or unit (for example, a circuit, a chip or a system on a chip (SOC), etc. in the terminal device and the access network device, etc. )implement. In FIG. 8 , the CA and/or DC configuration method according to the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the terminal device and the access network device as the execution subjects as an example. The method shown in FIG. 8 includes at least part of the following.

在步骤801中,源接入网设备可以向终端设备发送第五信息。相应地,终端设备接收源接入网设备发送的第五信息。In step 801, the source access network device may send fifth information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the fifth information sent by the source access network device.

其中,第五信息包括至少一个候选小区的配置信息,第五信息还包括至少一个第三候选辅小区的配置信息、至少一个第三候选主辅小区的配置信息和至少一个第四候选辅小区的配置信息中的至少一个。其中,至少一个第三候选辅小区为至少一个候选小区对应的候选辅小区,至少一个第三候选主辅小区为至少一个候选小区对应的候选主辅小区,至少一个第四候选辅小区为至少一个候选主辅小区对应的候选辅小区。候选小区与该候选小区对 应的至少一个第三候选辅小区组成的band组合属于该候选小区支持的CA band组合,候选小区与该候选小区对应的至少一个第三候选主辅小区组成的band组合属于该候选小区支持的DC band组合,第三候选主辅小区与该第三候选主辅小区对应的至少一个第四候选辅小区组成的band组合属于该第三候选主辅小区支持的CA band组合。The fifth information includes configuration information of at least one candidate cell, and the fifth information further includes configuration information of at least one third candidate secondary cell, configuration information of at least one third candidate primary secondary cell, and at least one fourth candidate secondary cell. At least one of the configuration information. Wherein, at least one third candidate secondary cell is a candidate secondary cell corresponding to at least one candidate cell, at least one third candidate primary secondary cell is a candidate primary secondary cell corresponding to at least one candidate cell, and at least one fourth candidate secondary cell is at least one candidate secondary cell Candidate secondary cells corresponding to the candidate primary and secondary cells. The band combination composed of the candidate cell and at least one third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the candidate cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the candidate cell, and the band combination composed of the candidate cell and at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell corresponding to the candidate cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the candidate cell. The DC band combination supported by the candidate cell, the band combination formed by the third candidate primary and secondary cell and at least one fourth candidate secondary cell corresponding to the third candidate primary and secondary cell belong to the CA band combination supported by the third candidate primary and secondary cell.

可选地,配置信息包括小区信息和条件信息。具体地,候选小区的配置信息包括候选小区的小区信息和CHO执行条件信息,第三候选辅小区的配置信息包括第三候选辅小区的小区信息和辅小区的添加条件信息,第三候选主辅小区的配置信息包括第三候选主辅小区的小区信息和主辅小区的添加条件信息,第四候选辅小区的配置信息包括第四候选辅小区的小区信息和辅小区的添加条件信息。Optionally, the configuration information includes cell information and condition information. Specifically, the configuration information of the candidate cell includes the cell information of the candidate cell and the CHO execution condition information, the configuration information of the third candidate secondary cell includes the cell information of the third candidate secondary cell and the addition condition information of the secondary cell, the third candidate primary secondary cell The configuration information of the cell includes the cell information of the third candidate primary and secondary cells and the addition condition information of the primary and secondary cells, and the configuration information of the fourth candidate secondary cell includes the cell information of the fourth candidate secondary cell and the addition condition information of the secondary cell.

可选地,第五信息可以通过RRC消息发送。Optionally, the fifth information may be sent through an RRC message.

例如,第五信息可以承载在RRC重配置消息中。For example, the fifth information may be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.

可选地,第五信息可以通过一条或者多条RRC消息发送。Optionally, the fifth information may be sent through one or more RRC messages.

在终端设备接收到第五信息之后,终端设备向源接入网设备发送RRC重配置完成消息,相应地,源网络设备接收终端设备发送RRC重配置完成消息。After the terminal device receives the fifth information, the terminal device sends an RRC reconfiguration complete message to the source access network device, and accordingly, the source network device receives the RRC reconfiguration complete message sent by the terminal device.

在步骤802中,终端设备从至少一个候选小区中选择/确定目标主小区。In step 802, the terminal device selects/determines a target primary cell from at least one candidate cell.

本申请实施例的目标小区的选择/确定方式与图6中目标小区的选择/确定方式类似,在此不再详细描述。不同的是源接入网设备除了从至少一个候选接入网设备获取至少一个候选小区的小区信息,还获取至少一个第三候选辅小区的小区信息、至少一个第三候选主辅小区的小区信息、以及至少一个第四候选辅小区的小区信息中的至少一个。在一些实施实施方式中,源接入网设备可以通过步骤807-808获取上述各小区信息。The selection/determination method of the target cell in this embodiment of the present application is similar to the selection/determination method of the target cell in FIG. 6 , and will not be described in detail here. The difference is that in addition to acquiring the cell information of at least one candidate cell from the at least one candidate access network device, the source access network device also acquires cell information of at least one third candidate secondary cell and cell information of at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell. , and at least one of cell information of at least one fourth candidate secondary cell. In some implementation manners, the source access network device may obtain the above cell information through steps 807-808.

源接入网设备除了确定至少一个候选小区中每个候选小区的CHO执行条件信息,还确定每个第三候选辅小区的添加条件信息、每个第三候选主辅小区的添加条件信息、以及每个第四候选辅小区的添加条件信息中的至少一个。In addition to determining the CHO execution condition information of each candidate cell in the at least one candidate cell, the source access network device also determines the addition condition information of each third candidate secondary cell, the addition condition information of each third candidate primary and secondary cell, and At least one of the addition condition information of each fourth candidate secondary cell.

其中,候选小区的CHO执行条件信息可以参考上文条件切换中的相关描述,在此不再赘述,第三候选辅小区的添加条件信息、第三候选主辅小区的添加条件信息和第四候选辅小区的添加条件信息与候选小区的CHO执行条件信息类似,也可以包括事件类型以及与事件类型对应的门限值,具体的事件类型与CHO执行条件信息中的事件类型可以类似,例如,A4事件可以作为添加辅小区/主辅小区的事件,即当候选辅小区的信号质量高于某阈值(如第一阈值)时,该小区可以被添加为辅小区,或者,当候选主辅小区的信号质量高于某阈值(如第二阈值)时,该小区可以被添加为主辅小区。类似地,A2、A3、A5、B1、B2也可以作为添加辅小区/主辅小区的事件,本申请实施例不作具体限定。Among them, the CHO execution condition information of the candidate cell can refer to the relevant description in the conditional handover above, which will not be repeated here. The addition condition information of the third candidate secondary cell, the addition condition information of the third candidate primary and secondary cells, and the fourth candidate The addition condition information of the secondary cell is similar to the CHO execution condition information of the candidate cell, and may also include the event type and the threshold value corresponding to the event type. The specific event type may be similar to the event type in the CHO execution condition information, for example, A4 The event can be used as an event for adding a secondary cell/primary and secondary cell, that is, when the signal quality of the candidate secondary cell is higher than a certain threshold (such as the first threshold), the cell can be added as a secondary cell, or, when the candidate primary and secondary cells are When the signal quality is higher than a certain threshold (eg, a second threshold), the cell can be added as a primary and secondary cell. Similarly, A2, A3, A5, B1, and B2 can also be used as events for adding secondary cells/primary and secondary cells, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.

在803中,终端设备确定目标主小区所对应的辅小区,和/或,确定目标主小区所对应的主辅小区,和/或,确定目标主小区对应的主辅小区所对应的辅小区。In 803, the terminal device determines the secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, and/or determines the primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, and/or determines the secondary cell corresponding to the primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell.

情况1,终端设备确定目标主小区所对应的辅小区。In case 1, the terminal device determines the secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell.

当第五信息包括至少一个候选小区的配置信息和至少一个第三候选辅小区的配置信息时,终端设备判断至少一个候选小区是否满足CHO执行条件,终端设备将满足CHO执行条件的候选小区确定为目标主小区,更详细的描述可以参见上文条件切换的相关描述,在此不再赘述。进一步地,终端设备判断与目标主小区对应的至少一个第三候选辅小区是否满足辅小区的添加条件,若满足该添加条件,则终端设备将目标主小区对应的至少一个 第三候选辅小区中所有或部分满足辅小区添加条件的小区确定为目标主小区对应的目标辅小区。例如,协议约定或网络配置终端设备最多可同时配置N个辅小区与目标主小区一起为终端设备提供CA通信,则,一种示例,终端设备可以将满足辅小区添加条件的至少一个第三候选辅小区中的信号质量最好的至多N个小区确定为目标主小区对应的目标辅小区,或者,一种示例,终端设备可以随机将满足辅小区添加条件的至少一个第三候选辅小区中的至多N个小区确定为目标主小区对应的目标辅小区,或者通过其他方式确定目标辅小区,不做限定。When the fifth information includes configuration information of at least one candidate cell and configuration information of at least one third candidate secondary cell, the terminal device determines whether the at least one candidate cell satisfies the CHO execution condition, and the terminal device determines the candidate cell that satisfies the CHO execution condition as For a more detailed description of the target primary cell, please refer to the relevant description of the conditional handover above, which will not be repeated here. Further, the terminal device determines whether the at least one third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell satisfies the addition condition of the secondary cell, and if the addition condition is satisfied, the terminal device adds the at least one third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell to the secondary cell. All or part of the cells that satisfy the conditions for adding secondary cells are determined as target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell. For example, according to the protocol or network configuration, the terminal device can configure at most N secondary cells together with the target primary cell to provide CA communication for the terminal device. Then, in an example, the terminal device can add at least one third candidate that satisfies the secondary cell addition condition. At most N cells with the best signal quality in the secondary cell are determined as the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, or, in an example, the terminal device may randomly select at least one third candidate secondary cell that satisfies the secondary cell addition condition. At most N cells are determined as the target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell, or the target secondary cells are determined in other ways, which are not limited.

情况2,终端设备确定目标主小区所对应的主辅小区。In case 2, the terminal device determines the primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell.

当第五信息包括至少一个候选小区的配置信息和至少一个第三候选主辅小区的配置信息时,终端设备判断至少一个候选主小区是否满足CHO执行条件,终端设备将满足CHO执行条件的候选小区确定为目标主小区。进一步地,终端设备判断与目标主小区对应的至少一个第三候选主辅小区是否满足主辅小区的添加条件,若满足该添加条件,则终端设备将目标主小区对应的至少一个第三候选主辅小区中满足主辅小区添加条件的小区确定为目标主小区对应的目标主辅小区。如果目标主小区对应的至少一个第三候选主辅小区中有多个小区满足主辅小区添加条件,则,终端设备可以从中将信号质量最高的小区确定为目标主辅小区,或者,任意选择其中的一个小区作为目标主辅小区,或者,从中将频率优先级最高的小区确定为目标主辅小区,或者,通过其他方式确定目标主辅小区,本实施例不做限定。When the fifth information includes configuration information of at least one candidate cell and configuration information of at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell, the terminal device determines whether the at least one candidate primary cell satisfies the CHO execution condition, and the terminal device selects the candidate cell that satisfies the CHO execution condition Determined as the target primary cell. Further, the terminal device determines whether the at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell satisfies the addition condition of the primary and secondary cells, and if the addition condition is satisfied, the terminal device adds the at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell. Among the secondary cells, a cell that satisfies the conditions for adding the primary and secondary cells is determined as the target primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell. If there are multiple cells in at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell that satisfy the conditions for adding primary and secondary cells, the terminal device can determine the cell with the highest signal quality as the target primary and secondary cell, or arbitrarily select one of them One of the cells is used as the target primary and secondary cells, or the cell with the highest frequency priority is determined as the target primary and secondary cells, or the target primary and secondary cells are determined in other ways, which is not limited in this embodiment.

情况3,终端设备确定目标主小区所对应的辅小区和目标主小区所对应的主辅小区。In case 3, the terminal device determines the secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell and the primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell.

当第五信息包括至少一个候选小区的配置信息、至少一个第三候选辅小区的配置信息和至少一个第三候选主辅小区的配置信息时,终端设备判断至少一个候选主小区是否满足CHO执行条件,终端设备将满足CHO执行条件的候选小区确定为目标主小区。进一步地,终端设备判断与目标主小区对应的至少一个第三候选辅小区是否满足辅小区的添加条件,若满足该添加条件,则终端设备将目标主小区对应的至少一个第三候选辅小区中所有或部分满足辅小区添加条件的小区确定为目标主小区对应的目标辅小区,具体确定目标辅小区的方法可参考上文,不再赘述;终端设备判断与目标主小区对应的至少一个第三候选主辅小区是否满足主辅小区的添加条件,若满足该添加条件,则终端设备将目标主小区对应的至少一个第三候选主辅小区中满足主辅小区添加条件的小区确定为目标主小区对应的目标主辅小区,具体确定目标主辅小区的方法可参考上文,不再赘述。When the fifth information includes configuration information of at least one candidate cell, configuration information of at least one third candidate secondary cell, and configuration information of at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell, the terminal device determines whether at least one candidate primary cell satisfies the CHO execution condition , the terminal device determines the candidate cell that satisfies the CHO execution condition as the target primary cell. Further, the terminal device determines whether the at least one third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell satisfies the addition condition of the secondary cell, and if the addition condition is satisfied, the terminal device adds the at least one third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell to the secondary cell. All or part of the cells that satisfy the conditions for adding secondary cells are determined as the target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell. The specific method for determining the target secondary cell can refer to the above, and will not be repeated here; the terminal equipment determines at least one third cell corresponding to the target primary cell Whether the candidate primary and secondary cell satisfies the addition condition of the primary and secondary cells, if the addition condition is satisfied, the terminal device determines the cell that satisfies the primary and secondary cell addition conditions in at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell as the target primary cell For the corresponding target primary and secondary cells, the specific method for determining the target primary and secondary cells may refer to the above, and will not be repeated here.

情况4,终端设备确定目标主小区所对应的主辅小区和目标主小区对应的主辅小区所对应的辅小区。In case 4, the terminal device determines the primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell and the secondary cells corresponding to the primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell.

当第五信息包括至少一个候选小区的配置信息、至少一个第三候选主辅小区的配置信息和至少一个第四候选辅小区的配置信息时,终端设备判断至少一个候选主小区是否满足CHO执行条件,终端设备将满足CHO执行条件的候选小区确定为目标主小区。进一步地,终端设备判断与目标主小区对应的至少一个第三候选主辅小区是否满足主辅小区的添加条件,若满足该添加条件,则终端设备将目标主小区对应的至少一个第三候选主辅小区中满足主辅小区添加条件的小区确定为目标主小区对应的目标主辅小区,具体确定目标主辅小区的方法可参考上文,不再赘述。进一步地,终端设备判断与目标主辅小区对应的至少一个第四候选辅小区是否满足辅小区的添加条件,若满足该添加条件,则终端设备将目标 主辅小区对应的至少一个第四候选辅小区中满足辅小区添加条件的小区确定为目标主辅小区对应的目标辅小区。例如,协议约定或网络配置终端设备最多可同时配置M个辅小区与目标主辅小区一起为终端设备提供CA通信,则,一种示例,终端设备可以将满足辅小区添加条件的至少一个第四候选辅小区中的信号质量最好的至多M个小区确定为目标主辅小区对应的目标辅小区,或者,一种示例,终端设备可以随机将满足辅小区添加条件的至少一个第四候选辅小区中的至多M个小区确定为目标主辅小区对应的目标辅小区,或者通过其他方式确定目标辅小区,不做限定。When the fifth information includes configuration information of at least one candidate cell, configuration information of at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell, and configuration information of at least one fourth candidate secondary cell, the terminal device determines whether at least one candidate primary cell satisfies the CHO execution condition , the terminal device determines the candidate cell that satisfies the CHO execution condition as the target primary cell. Further, the terminal device determines whether the at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell satisfies the addition condition of the primary and secondary cells, and if the addition condition is satisfied, the terminal device adds the at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell. Among the secondary cells, a cell that satisfies the conditions for adding the primary and secondary cells is determined as the target primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, and the specific method for determining the target primary and secondary cell may refer to the above, and will not be repeated here. Further, the terminal device determines whether the at least one fourth candidate secondary cell corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell satisfies the addition condition of the secondary cell, and if the addition condition is satisfied, the terminal device adds the at least one fourth candidate secondary cell corresponding to the target primary secondary cell. Among the cells, a cell that satisfies the condition for adding a secondary cell is determined as a target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell. For example, according to the protocol or network configuration, the terminal device can configure at most M secondary cells together with the target primary and secondary cells to provide CA communication for the terminal device. Then, in an example, the terminal device can add at least one fourth cell that satisfies the secondary cell addition condition. In the candidate secondary cells, at most M cells with the best signal quality are determined as target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary secondary cell, or, in an example, the terminal device may randomly add at least one fourth candidate secondary cell that satisfies the secondary cell addition condition At most M cells in the target secondary cells are determined as target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary and secondary cells, or the target secondary cells are determined in other ways, which are not limited.

情况5,终端设备确定目标主小区所对应的辅小区、目标主小区所对应的主辅小区和目标主小区对应的主辅小区所对应的辅小区。In case 5, the terminal device determines the secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, the primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, and the secondary cell corresponding to the primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell.

当第五信息包括至少一个候选小区的配置信息、至少一个第三候选辅小区的配置信息、至少一个第三候选主辅小区的配置信息和至少一个第四候选辅小区的配置信息时,终端设备判断至少一个候选主小区是否满足CHO执行条件,终端设备将满足CHO执行条件的候选小区确定为目标主小区。进一步地,终端设备判断与目标主小区对应的至少一个第三候选辅小区是否满足辅小区的添加条件,若满足该添加条件,则终端设备将目标主小区对应的至少一个第三候选辅小区中所有或部分满足辅小区添加条件的小区确定为目标主小区对应的目标辅小区,具体确定目标辅小区的方法可参考上文,不再赘述;终端设备判断与目标主小区对应的至少一个第三候选主辅小区是否满足主辅小区的添加条件,若满足该添加条件,则终端设备将目标主小区对应的至少一个第三候选主辅小区中满足主辅小区添加条件的小区确定为目标主小区对应的目标主辅小区,具体确定目标主辅小区的方法可参考上文,不再赘述。进一步地,终端设备判断与目标主辅小区对应的至少一个第四候选辅小区是否满足辅小区的添加条件,若满足该添加条件,则终端设备将目标主辅小区对应的至少一个第四候选辅小区中满足辅小区添加条件的小区确定为目标主辅小区对应的目标辅小区,具体确定目标主辅小区的方法可参考上文,不再赘述。When the fifth information includes configuration information of at least one candidate cell, configuration information of at least one third candidate secondary cell, configuration information of at least one third candidate primary secondary cell, and configuration information of at least one fourth candidate secondary cell, the terminal device It is judged whether at least one candidate primary cell satisfies the CHO execution condition, and the terminal device determines the candidate cell that satisfies the CHO execution condition as the target primary cell. Further, the terminal device determines whether the at least one third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell satisfies the addition condition of the secondary cell, and if the addition condition is satisfied, the terminal device adds the at least one third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell to the secondary cell. All or part of the cells that satisfy the conditions for adding secondary cells are determined as the target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell. The specific method for determining the target secondary cell can refer to the above, and will not be repeated here; the terminal equipment determines at least one third cell corresponding to the target primary cell Whether the candidate primary and secondary cell satisfies the addition condition of the primary and secondary cells, if the addition condition is satisfied, the terminal device determines the cell that satisfies the primary and secondary cell addition conditions in at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell as the target primary cell For the corresponding target primary and secondary cells, the specific method for determining the target primary and secondary cells may refer to the above, and will not be repeated here. Further, the terminal device determines whether the at least one fourth candidate secondary cell corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell satisfies the addition condition of the secondary cell, and if the addition condition is satisfied, the terminal device adds the at least one fourth candidate secondary cell corresponding to the target primary secondary cell. Among the cells, a cell that satisfies the condition for adding a secondary cell is determined as the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell, and the specific method for determining the target primary and secondary cell may refer to the above, and will not be repeated here.

可选地,在一些实施方式中,还可以执行步骤804和805。Optionally, in some embodiments, steps 804 and 805 may also be performed.

在步骤804中,终端设备尝试接入/切换至目标主小区。例如,终端设备向目标接入网设备发起随机接入过程,以便终端设备切换/接入目标接入网设备。可选地,对应于上述情况1,终端设备还尝试接入目标主小区对应的目标辅小区。例如,终端设备可以与目标主小区对应的目标辅小区进行随机接入。可选地,对应于上述情况2,终端设备还尝试接入目标主小区对应的目标主辅小区。例如,终端设备可以与目标主小区对应的目标主辅小区进行随机接入。可选地,对应于上述情况3,终端设备还尝试接入目标主小区对应的目标辅小区、以及目标主小区对应的目标主辅小区。例如,终端设备可以与目标主小区对应的目标辅小区进行随机接入,与目标主小区对应的目标主辅小区进行随机接入。可选地,对应于上述情况4,终端设备还尝试接入目标主小区对应的目标主辅小区、以及目标主辅小区对应的目标辅小区。例如,终端设备可以与目标主小区对应的目标主辅小区进行随机接入,与目标主辅小区对应的目标辅小区进行随机接入。可选地,对应于上述情况5,终端设备还尝试接入目标主小区对应的目标辅小区、目标主小区对应的目标主辅小区、以及目标主辅小区对应的目标辅小区。例如,终端设备可以与目标主小区对应的目标辅小区进行随机接入,与目标主小区对应的目标主辅小区进行随机接入,与目标主辅小区对应的目标辅小区进行随机接入。In step 804, the terminal device attempts to access/handover to the target primary cell. For example, the terminal device initiates a random access procedure to the target access network device, so that the terminal device switches/accesses the target access network device. Optionally, corresponding to the above situation 1, the terminal device also attempts to access the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell. For example, the terminal device may perform random access with the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell. Optionally, corresponding to the above situation 2, the terminal device also attempts to access the target primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell. For example, the terminal device may perform random access with the target primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell. Optionally, corresponding to the above situation 3, the terminal device also attempts to access the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell and the target primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell. For example, the terminal device may perform random access with the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, and perform random access with the target primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell. Optionally, corresponding to the above situation 4, the terminal device also attempts to access the target primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell and the target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary and secondary cells. For example, the terminal device may perform random access with the target primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell, and perform random access with the target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary and secondary cells. Optionally, corresponding to the above situation 5, the terminal device also attempts to access the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, the target primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, and the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary secondary cell. For example, the terminal device may perform random access with the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, perform random access on the target primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell, and perform random access on the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell.

在步骤805中,在终端设备接入/切换至目标主小区后,终端设备向目标接入网设备发送第六信息,相应地,目标接入网设备接收终端设备发送的第六信息,其中,第六信息包括目标主小区对应的辅小区的信息(即目标主小区对应的目标辅小区的信息)、目标主小区对应的主辅小区的信息(即目标主小区对应的目标主辅小区的信息)、以及目标主小区对应的主辅小区所对应的辅小区的信息(即目标主辅小区对应的目标辅小区的信息)中的至少一个,目标接入网设备为目标主小区所属的接入网设备,图8中以第一候选接入网设备为例。In step 805, after the terminal device accesses/switches to the target primary cell, the terminal device sends sixth information to the target access network device, and accordingly, the target access network device receives the sixth information sent by the terminal device, wherein, The sixth information includes the information of the secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell (that is, the information of the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell), the information of the primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell (that is, the information of the target primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell) ) and at least one of the information of the secondary cells corresponding to the primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell (that is, the information of the target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary and secondary cells), and the target access network device is the access network to which the target primary cell belongs. network device, and FIG. 8 takes the first candidate access network device as an example.

可选地,对应于上述情况1,第六信息包括目标主小区对应的目标辅小区的信息。Optionally, corresponding to the above case 1, the sixth information includes information of the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell.

可选地,对应于上述情况2,第六信息包括目标主小区对应的目标主辅小区的信息。Optionally, corresponding to the above situation 2, the sixth information includes information of the target primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell.

可选地,对应于上述情况3,第六信息包括目标主小区对应的目标辅小区的信息、以及目标主小区对应的目标主辅小区的信息。Optionally, corresponding to the above situation 3, the sixth information includes information of the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell and information of the target primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell.

可选地,对应于上述情况4,第六信息包括目标主小区对应的目标主辅小区的信息、以及目标主辅小区对应的目标辅小区的信息。Optionally, corresponding to the above situation 4, the sixth information includes information of the target primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell, and information of the target secondary cells corresponding to the target primary and secondary cells.

可选地,对应于上述情况5,第六信息包括目标主小区对应的目标辅小区的信息、目标主小区对应的目标主辅小区的信息、以及目标主辅小区对应的目标辅小区的信息。Optionally, corresponding to the above situation 5, the sixth information includes information of the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, information of the target primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, and information of the target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary and secondary cell.

可选地,上述目标主辅小区的信息可以包括目标主辅小区的标识信息和/或信号质量测量结果,上述目标辅小区的信息可以包括目标辅小区的标识信息和/或信号质量测量结果。Optionally, the information of the target primary and secondary cells may include identification information and/or signal quality measurement results of the target primary and secondary cells, and the information of the target secondary cells may include identification information and/or signal quality measurement results of the target secondary cells.

可选地,标识信息可以包括以下各项中的至少一项:小区索引(例如,index)、PCI、频率信息、CGI、小区对应的测量标识(measID)、以及小区对应的CHO-ConfigId等。Optionally, the identification information may include at least one of the following items: cell index (eg, index), PCI, frequency information, CGI, measurement identification (measID) corresponding to the cell, and CHO-ConfigId corresponding to the cell.

可选地,第六信息可以通过RRC消息发送。Optionally, the sixth information may be sent through an RRC message.

例如,第六信息可以通过RRC重配置完成消息发送。For example, the sixth information may be sent through an RRC reconfiguration complete message.

可选地,针对上述情况2、3、4和5,还可以执行步骤806。在步骤806中,目标接入网设备与目标主辅小区所属的接入网设备进行辅节点添加流程,具体添加流程可以参见图5的相关描述,在此不再赘述。Optionally, for the above cases 2, 3, 4 and 5, step 806 may also be performed. In step 806, the target access network device and the access network device to which the target primary and secondary cells belong to perform a secondary node adding process. For the specific adding process, please refer to the relevant description in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.

在上述技术方案中,源接入网设备可以向终端设备指示至少一个候选小区的配置信息,除此之外,源接入网设备可以向终端设备指示以下至少一项:可以与至少一个候选小区中的小区一起为终端设备提供CA通信的至少一个候选辅小区的配置信息、可以与至少一个候选小区中的小区一起为终端设备提供DC通信的至少一个候选主辅小区的配置信息、以及可以与至少一个候选主辅小区中的小区一起为终端设备提供CA通信的至少一个候选辅小区的配置信息,终端设备可以根据接收到的信息,确定出目标主小区,可选地,终端设备可以确定出以下至少一项:目标主小区对应的目标辅小区、目标主小区对应的目标主辅小区、以及目标主辅小区对应的目标辅小区。通过该技术方案,可以实现在CHO过程中快速配置CA和/或DC,以减少CA和/或DC配置时延,提升系统吞吐量。In the above technical solution, the source access network device may indicate the configuration information of at least one candidate cell to the terminal device, and in addition, the source access network device may indicate to the terminal device at least one of the following: configuration information of at least one candidate secondary cell that can provide the terminal device with CA communication together with the cells in the at least one candidate cell, configuration information of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell that can provide the terminal device with DC communication together with the cell in the at least one candidate cell, and can communicate with The cells in the at least one candidate primary and secondary cells together provide the terminal device with configuration information of at least one candidate secondary cell for CA communication, and the terminal device may determine the target primary cell according to the received information, optionally, the terminal device may determine At least one of the following: a target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, a target primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, and a target secondary cell corresponding to the target primary secondary cell. Through this technical solution, the CA and/or DC can be rapidly configured in the CHO process, so as to reduce the CA and/or DC configuration delay and improve the system throughput.

需要说明的是,上述各实施例可以单独实施,也可以合理地结合在一起实施。It should be noted that, the above embodiments may be implemented independently, or may be implemented in a reasonable combination.

可以理解的是,为了实现上述实施例中功能,通信装置包括了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本申请中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及方法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件相结合的形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的 特定应用场景和设计约束条件。It can be understood that, in order to realize the functions in the foregoing embodiments, the communication apparatus includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that the units and method steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed in the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application scenarios and design constraints of the technical solution.

图9和图10为本申请的实施例提供的可能的通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 are schematic structural diagrams of possible communication apparatuses provided by embodiments of the present application.

这些装置可以用于实现上述方法实施例中终端设备和接入网设备的功能,因此也能实现上述方法实施例所具备的有益效果。在本申请的实施例中,该通信装置可以是终端设备或接入网设备,还可以是应用于终端设备或接入网设备的模块(如芯片)。These apparatuses can be used to implement the functions of the terminal equipment and the access network equipment in the above method embodiments, and thus can also achieve the beneficial effects of the above method embodiments. In the embodiment of the present application, the communication apparatus may be a terminal device or an access network device, and may also be a module (eg, a chip) applied to the terminal device or the access network device.

如图9所示,通信装置900包括处理单元910和收发单元920。通信装置900用于实现上述方法实施例中的终端设备或接入网设备的功能。As shown in FIG. 9 , the communication apparatus 900 includes a processing unit 910 and a transceiver unit 920 . The communication apparatus 900 is configured to implement the functions of the terminal device or the access network device in the foregoing method embodiments.

当通信装置900用于实现图6和/或图7中终端设备的功能时:When the communication apparatus 900 is used to implement the functions of the terminal device in FIG. 6 and/or FIG. 7:

收发单元920用于从源接入网设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息指示至少一个候选小区支持的CA band组合信息和/或DC band组合信息。处理单元910用于从所述至少一个候选小区中选择目标主小区。处理单元910还用于根据所述第一信息,确定至少一个候选辅小区和/或至少一个候选主辅小区,其中,所述至少一个候选辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的CA band组合,所述至少一个候选主辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的DC band组合。收发单元920还用于向所述目标主小区所属的接入网设备发送所述至少一个候选辅小区的信息和/或所述至少一个候选主辅小区的信息。The transceiver unit 920 is configured to receive first information from the source access network device, where the first information indicates CA band combination information and/or DC band combination information supported by at least one candidate cell. The processing unit 910 is configured to select a target primary cell from the at least one candidate cell. The processing unit 910 is further configured to determine at least one candidate secondary cell and/or at least one candidate primary secondary cell according to the first information, wherein the band combination composed of the at least one candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the selected secondary cell. The CA band combination supported by the target primary cell, the band combination formed by the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell. The transceiver unit 920 is further configured to send the information of the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the information of the at least one candidate primary secondary cell to the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs.

可选地,收发单元920还用于从所述源接入网设备接收第二信息,所述第二信息指示两个或两个以上的所述候选小区是否属于同一个接入网设备。处理单元910具体用于根据所述第一信息和所述第二信息,确定所述至少一个候选辅小区和/或所述至少一个候选主辅小区,其中,所述至少一个候选辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的CA band组合,所述至少一个候选主辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的DC band组合,所述至少一个第二候选辅小区与所述目标主小区属于同一接入网设备,所述至少一个第二候选主辅小区与所述目标主小区属于不同接入网设备。Optionally, the transceiver unit 920 is further configured to receive second information from the source access network device, where the second information indicates whether two or more of the candidate cells belong to the same access network device. The processing unit 910 is specifically configured to determine the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the at least one candidate primary secondary cell according to the first information and the second information, wherein the at least one candidate secondary cell is the same as the selected secondary cell. The band combination formed by the target primary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the target primary cell, the band combination formed by the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell, The at least one second candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell belong to the same access network device, and the at least one second candidate primary secondary cell and the target primary cell belong to different access network devices.

可选地,收发单元920还用于从所述源接入网设备接收第三信息,所述第三信息指示第一信号质量门限值和/或第二信号质量门限值。处理单元910具体用于根据所述第一信息和所述第三信息,确定所述至少一个候选辅小区和/或所述至少一个候选主辅小区,其中,所述至少一个候选辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的CA band组合,且所述至少一个候选辅小区的信号质量大于所述第一信号质量门限值,所述至少一个候选主辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的DC band组合,且所述至少一个候选主辅小区的信号质量大于所述第二信号质量门限值。Optionally, the transceiver unit 920 is further configured to receive third information from the source access network device, where the third information indicates the first signal quality threshold value and/or the second signal quality threshold value. The processing unit 910 is specifically configured to determine the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the at least one candidate primary secondary cell according to the first information and the third information, wherein the at least one candidate secondary cell is the same as the selected secondary cell. The band combination composed of the target primary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the target primary cell, and the signal quality of the at least one candidate secondary cell is greater than the first signal quality threshold, the at least one candidate primary secondary cell The band combination formed with the target primary cell belongs to the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell, and the signal quality of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell is greater than the second signal quality threshold.

可选地,收发单元920还用于接收目标接入网设备发送的所述目标主小区对应的至少一个辅小区的信息和/或所述目标主小区对应的主辅小区的信息,所述目标接入网设备为所述目标主小区所属的接入网设备。Optionally, the transceiver unit 920 is further configured to receive the information of at least one secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell and/or the information of the primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell sent by the target access network device. The access network device is the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs.

可选地,收发单元920还用于从所述源接入网设备接收第四信息,所述第四信息指示所述至少一个候选小区的小区信息和所述至少一个候选小区的CHO执行条件信息。处理单元910具体用于根据所述第四信息,从所述至少一个候选小区中选择所述目标主小区,所述目标主小区为满足所述CHO执行条件的小区。Optionally, the transceiver unit 920 is further configured to receive fourth information from the source access network device, where the fourth information indicates the cell information of the at least one candidate cell and the CHO execution condition information of the at least one candidate cell. . The processing unit 910 is specifically configured to select the target primary cell from the at least one candidate cell according to the fourth information, where the target primary cell is a cell that satisfies the CHO execution condition.

当通信装置900用于实现图6和/或图7中源接入网设备的功能时:When the communication apparatus 900 is used to implement the functions of the source access network device in FIG. 6 and/or FIG. 7:

处理单元910用于确定第一信息,所述第一信息指示至少一个候选小区支持的CA band组合信息和/或DC band组合信息,所述至少一个候选小区用于终端设备选择目标主小区。收发单元920用于向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息。The processing unit 910 is configured to determine first information, where the first information indicates CA band combination information and/or DC band combination information supported by at least one candidate cell, where the at least one candidate cell is used by the terminal device to select a target primary cell. The transceiver unit 920 is configured to send the first information to the terminal device.

可选地,收发单元920还用于向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示两个或者两个以上的所述候选小区是否属于同一接入网设备。Optionally, the transceiver unit 920 is further configured to send second information to the terminal device, where the second information indicates whether two or more of the candidate cells belong to the same access network device.

可选地,收发单元920还用于向所述终端设备发送第三信息,所述第三信息指示第一信号质量门限值和/或第二信号质量门限值。Optionally, the transceiver unit 920 is further configured to send third information to the terminal device, where the third information indicates the first signal quality threshold value and/or the second signal quality threshold value.

可选地,收发单元920还用于向所述终端设备发送第四信息,所述第四信息指示所述至少一个候选小区的小区信息和所述至少一个候选小区的CHO执行条件信息。Optionally, the transceiver unit 920 is further configured to send fourth information to the terminal device, where the fourth information indicates cell information of the at least one candidate cell and CHO execution condition information of the at least one candidate cell.

当通信装置900用于实现图6和/或图7中目标接入网设备的功能时:When the communication apparatus 900 is used to implement the functions of the target access network device in FIG. 6 and/or FIG. 7:

收发单元920用于接收终端设备发送的至少一个候选辅小区的信息和/或至少一个候选主辅小区的信息,所述目标接入网设备为满足CHO执行条件的目标主小区所属的接入网设备。处理单元910用于根据所述至少一个候选辅小区的信息和/或所述至少一个候选主辅小区的信息,确定所述目标主小区对应的至少一个辅小区和/或所述目标主小区对应的主辅小区。The transceiver unit 920 is configured to receive the information of at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the information of at least one candidate primary secondary cell sent by the terminal device, where the target access network device is the access network to which the target primary cell that satisfies the CHO execution condition belongs. equipment. The processing unit 910 is configured to determine at least one secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell and/or corresponding to the target primary cell according to the information of the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the information of the at least one candidate primary secondary cell primary and secondary districts.

可选地,收发单元920还用于向所述终端设备发送所述至少一个辅小区的信息和/或所述主辅小区的信息。Optionally, the transceiver unit 920 is further configured to send the information of the at least one secondary cell and/or the information of the primary and secondary cells to the terminal device.

可选地,收发单元920和处理单元910还用于在所述目标接入网设备确定出所述主辅小区的情况下与所述主辅小区所属的接入网设备进行辅节点添加流程。Optionally, the transceiver unit 920 and the processing unit 910 are further configured to perform a secondary node addition process with the access network device to which the primary and secondary cell belongs when the target access network device determines the primary and secondary cell.

当通信装置900用于实现图8中的终端设备的功能时:When the communication apparatus 900 is used to realize the functions of the terminal device in FIG. 8:

收发单元920用于从源接入网设备接收至少一个候选小区的配置信息,以及接收至少一个第三候选辅小区的配置信息、至少一个第三候选主辅小区的配置信息和至少一个第四候选辅小区的配置信息中的至少一个,其中,所述至少一个候选小区用于所述终端设备选择目标主小区,与第一候选小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选辅小区与所述第一候选小区组成的带宽band组合属于所述第一候选小区支持的CA band组合,与所述第一候选小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选主辅小区与所述第一候选小区组成的band组合属于所述第一候选小区支持的DC band组合,与第五候选主辅小区对应的至少一个所述第四候选辅小区与所述第五候选主辅小区组成的band组合属于所述第五候选主辅小区支持的CA band组合,所述第一候选小区为所述至少一个候选小区中的任意一个,所述第五候选主辅小区为所述至少一个第三候选主辅小区中的任意一个;所述配置信息包括小区信息和条件信息,所述条件信息指示CHO执行条件、辅小区的添加条件或主辅小区的添加条件。处理单元910用于根据所述至少一个候选小区的配置信息,从所述至少一个候选小区中选择目标主小区。处理单元910还用于根据所述至少一个第三候选辅小区的配置信息,从所述目标主小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选辅小区中确定所述目标主小区对应的辅小区;和/或,所述终端设备根据所述至少一个第三候选主辅小区的配置信息,从所述目标主小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选主辅小区中确定所述目标主小区对应的主辅小区;和/或,所述终端设备根据所述至少一个第四候选辅小区的配置信息,从所述主辅小区对应的至少一个所述第四候选辅小区中确定所述主辅小区对应的辅小区。The transceiver unit 920 is configured to receive configuration information of at least one candidate cell from the source access network device, and receive configuration information of at least one third candidate secondary cell, configuration information of at least one third candidate primary secondary cell, and at least one fourth candidate secondary cell at least one of the configuration information of the secondary cell, wherein the at least one candidate cell is used by the terminal device to select the target primary cell, and the at least one third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the first candidate cell is the same as the first candidate cell. The bandwidth band combination composed of the candidate cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the first candidate cell, and the band combination composed of at least one of the third candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the first candidate cell and the first candidate cell It belongs to the DC band combination supported by the first candidate cell, and the band combination composed of at least one of the fourth candidate secondary cell corresponding to the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell and the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell belongs to the fifth candidate The CA band combination supported by the primary and secondary cells, the first candidate cell is any one of the at least one candidate cell, and the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell is any one of the at least one third candidate primary and secondary cells ; the configuration information includes cell information and condition information, the condition information indicates the CHO execution condition, the addition condition of the secondary cell or the addition condition of the primary and secondary cells. The processing unit 910 is configured to select a target primary cell from the at least one candidate cell according to the configuration information of the at least one candidate cell. The processing unit 910 is further configured to determine, according to the configuration information of the at least one third candidate secondary cell, a secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell from at least one of the third candidate secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell; and or, according to the configuration information of the at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell, the terminal device determines, from at least one of the third candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell, the primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell A secondary cell; and/or, the terminal device determines, according to the configuration information of the at least one fourth candidate secondary cell, from at least one of the fourth candidate secondary cells corresponding to the primary secondary cell, the corresponding primary secondary cell sub-district.

可选地,收发单元920还用于向目标接入网设备发送所述目标主小区对应的辅小区的信息、所述主辅小区的信息、以及所述主辅小区对应的辅小区的信息中的至少一个,所述目标接入网设备为所述目标主小区所属的接入网设备。Optionally, the transceiver unit 920 is further configured to send the information about the secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, the information about the primary secondary cell, and the information about the secondary cell corresponding to the primary secondary cell to the target access network device. At least one of the target access network equipment is the access network equipment to which the target primary cell belongs.

当通信装置900用于实现图8中的源接入网设备的功能时:When the communication apparatus 900 is used to implement the function of the source access network device in FIG. 8:

收发单元920用于接收至少一个候选小区的小区信息,以及接收至少一个第三候选辅小区的小区信息、至少一个第三候选主辅小区的小区信息和至少一个第四候选辅小区的小区信息中的至少一个,其中,所述至少一个候选小区用于终端设备选择目标主小区,与第一候选小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选辅小区与所述第一候选小区组成的带宽band组合属于所述第一候选小区支持的CA band组合,与所述第一候选小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选主辅小区与所述第一候选小区组成的band组合属于所述第一候选小区支持的DC band组合,与第五候选主辅小区对应的至少一个所述第四候选辅小区与所述第五候选主辅小区组成的band组合属于所述第五候选主辅小区支持的CA band组合,所述第一候选小区为所述至少一个候选小区中的任意一个,所述第五候选主辅小区为所述至少一个第三候选主辅小区中的任意一个;还用于向终端设备发送所述至少一个候选小区的配置信息,以及发送所述至少一个第三候选辅小区的配置信息、所述至少一个第三候选主辅小区的配置信息和所述至少一个第四候选辅小区的配置信息中的至少一个,所述配置信息包括小区信息和条件信息,所述条件信息指示CHO执行条件、辅小区的添加条件或主辅小区的添加条件。The transceiver unit 920 is configured to receive cell information of at least one candidate cell, and receive cell information of at least one third candidate secondary cell, cell information of at least one third candidate primary secondary cell, and cell information of at least one fourth candidate secondary cell At least one of the candidate cells, wherein the at least one candidate cell is used by the terminal equipment to select the target primary cell, and the bandwidth band combination composed of at least one of the third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the first candidate cell and the first candidate cell belongs to The CA band combination supported by the first candidate cell, the band combination formed by at least one of the third candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the first candidate cell and the first candidate cell belongs to the first candidate cell support DC band combination, the band combination formed by at least one of the fourth candidate secondary cell corresponding to the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell and the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell , the first candidate cell is any one of the at least one candidate cell, and the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell is any one of the at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell; it is also used to send to the terminal device configuration information of the at least one candidate cell, and sending the configuration information of the at least one third candidate secondary cell, the configuration information of the at least one third candidate primary secondary cell, and the configuration of the at least one fourth candidate secondary cell At least one of the information, the configuration information includes cell information and condition information, and the condition information indicates a CHO execution condition, an addition condition of a secondary cell, or an addition condition of the primary and secondary cells.

当通信装置900用于实现图8中的目标接入网设备的功能时:When the communication apparatus 900 is used to realize the function of the target access network device in FIG. 8:

收发单元920用于接收终端设备发送的目标主小区对应的辅小区的信息、所述目标主小区对应的主辅小区的信息、以及所述主辅小区对应的辅小区的信息中的至少一个,所述目标主小区满足CHO执行条件,所述目标接入网设备为所述目标主小区所属的接入网设备。收发单元920和处理单元910用于与所述主辅小区所属的接入网设备进行辅节点添加流程。The transceiver unit 920 is configured to receive at least one of the information of the secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, the information of the primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, and the information of the secondary cell corresponding to the primary secondary cell sent by the terminal device, The target primary cell satisfies the CHO execution condition, and the target access network device is the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs. The transceiver unit 920 and the processing unit 910 are configured to perform a secondary node adding process with the access network device to which the primary and secondary cells belong.

有关上述处理单元910和收发单元920更详细的描述可以直接参考方法实施例中相关描述直接得到,这里不加赘述。More detailed descriptions about the above-mentioned processing unit 910 and the transceiver unit 920 can be obtained directly by referring to the relevant descriptions in the method embodiments, and details are not repeated here.

如图10所示,通信装置1000包括处理器1010和接口电路1020。处理器1010和接口电路1020之间相互耦合。可以理解的是,接口电路1020可以为收发器或输入输出接口。可选的,通信装置1000还可以包括存储器1030,用于存储处理器1010执行的指令或存储处理器1010运行指令所需要的输入数据或存储处理器1010运行指令后产生的数据。As shown in FIG. 10 , the communication apparatus 1000 includes a processor 1010 and an interface circuit 1020 . The processor 1010 and the interface circuit 1020 are coupled to each other. It can be understood that the interface circuit 1020 can be a transceiver or an input-output interface. Optionally, the communication apparatus 1000 may further include a memory 1030 for storing instructions executed by the processor 1010 or input data required by the processor 1010 to run the instructions or data generated after the processor 1010 runs the instructions.

当通信装置1000用于实现上述各方法实施例时,处理器1010用于执行上述处理单元910的功能,接口电路1020用于执行上述收发单元920的功能。When the communication apparatus 1000 is used to implement the above method embodiments, the processor 1010 is used to execute the functions of the above processing unit 910 , and the interface circuit 1020 is used to execute the functions of the above transceiver unit 920 .

当上述通信装置为应用于终端设备的芯片时,该芯片实现上述方法实施例中终端设备的功能。该芯片从终端设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是其他网元发送给终端设备的;或者,该芯片向终端设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是终端设备发送给其他网元的。When the above communication device is a chip applied to a terminal device, the chip implements the functions of the terminal device in the above method embodiments. The chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the terminal device, and the information is sent to the terminal device by other network elements; or, the chip sends information to other modules in the terminal device (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) information, which is sent by the terminal device to other network elements.

当上述通信装置为应用于源接入网设备的芯片时,该芯片实现上述方法实施例中源接入网设备的功能。该芯片从源接入网设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是其他网元发送给源接入网设备的;或者,该芯片向源接入网设备中的其它模块(如 射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是源接入网设备发送给其他网元的。When the above communication device is a chip applied to the source access network device, the chip implements the functions of the source access network device in the above method embodiments. The chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the source access network device, and the information is sent by other network elements to the source access network device; or, the chip sends information to other devices in the source access network device. A module (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna) sends information, which is sent by the source access network device to other network elements.

当上述通信装置为应用于目标接入网设备的芯片时,该芯片实现上述方法实施例中目标接入网设备的功能。该芯片从目标接入网设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)接收信息,该信息是其他网元发送给目标接入网设备的;或者,该芯片向目标接入网设备中的其它模块(如射频模块或天线)发送信息,该信息是目标接入网设备发送给其他网元的。When the above communication device is a chip applied to the target access network device, the chip implements the functions of the target access network device in the above method embodiments. The chip receives information from other modules (such as radio frequency modules or antennas) in the target access network device, and the information is sent by other network elements to the target access network device; or, the chip sends information to other modules in the target access network device. A module (such as a radio frequency module or an antenna) sends information, which is sent by the target access network device to other network elements.

可以理解的是,本申请的实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit,CPU),还可以是其它通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件,硬件部件或者其任意组合。通用处理器可以是微处理器,也可以是任何常规的处理器。It can be understood that the processor in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (Central Processing Unit, CPU), and may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), application-specific integrated circuits (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.

本申请的实施例中的方法步骤可以通过硬件的方式来实现,也可以由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成,软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、闪存、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、CD-ROM或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然,存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于终端设备、源接入网设备或者目标接入网设备中。当然,处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于终端设备、源接入网设备或者目标接入网设备中。The method steps in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented in a hardware manner, or may be implemented in a manner in which a processor executes software instructions. Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and software modules can be stored in random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), flash memory, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM) , PROM), Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM), registers, hard disks, removable hard disks, CD-ROMs or known in the art in any other form of storage medium. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor, such that the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium can also be an integral part of the processor. The processor and storage medium may reside in an ASIC. In addition, the ASIC may be located in the terminal device, the source access network device or the target access network device. Of course, the processor and the storage medium may also exist in the terminal device, the source access network device or the target access network device as discrete components.

在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序或指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序或指令时,全部或部分地执行本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其它可编程装置。所述计算机程序或指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者通过所述计算机可读存储介质进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是集成一个或多个可用介质的服务器等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带;也可以是光介质,例如,DVD;还可以是半导体介质,例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD)。In the above-mentioned embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are executed in whole or in part. The computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer program or instructions may be stored in or transmitted over a computer-readable storage medium. The computer-readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server that integrates one or more available media. The usable media can be magnetic media, such as floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes; optical media, such as DVD; and semiconductor media, such as solid state disks (SSD).

在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。In the various embodiments of the present application, if there is no special description or logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be referred to each other, and the technical features in different embodiments are based on their inherent Logical relationships can be combined to form new embodiments.

本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。在本申请的文字描述中,字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系;在本申请的公式中,字符“/”,表示前后关联对象是一种“相除”的关系。In this application, "at least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "And/or", which describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can indicate: the existence of A alone, the existence of A and B at the same time, and the existence of B alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. In the text description of this application, the character "/" generally indicates that the related objects are a kind of "or" relationship; in the formula of this application, the character "/" indicates that the related objects are a kind of "division" Relationship.

可以理解的是,在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分, 并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定。It can be understood that, various numbers and numbers involved in the embodiments of the present application are only used to distinguish for convenience of description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. The size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not imply the sequence of execution, and the execution sequence of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic.

本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art can realize that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.

所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the above-described systems, devices and units may refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.

在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.

所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.

另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.

所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .

以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited to this. should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (48)

一种配置方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A configuration method, characterized in that the method comprises: 终端设备从源接入网设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息指示至少一个候选小区支持的载波聚合CA带宽band组合信息和/或双连接DC band组合信息;The terminal device receives first information from the source access network device, where the first information indicates carrier aggregation CA bandwidth band combination information and/or dual-connectivity DC band combination information supported by at least one candidate cell; 所述终端设备从所述至少一个候选小区中选择目标主小区;selecting, by the terminal equipment, a target primary cell from the at least one candidate cell; 所述终端设备根据所述第一信息,确定至少一个候选辅小区和/或至少一个候选主辅小区,其中,所述至少一个候选辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的CA band组合,所述至少一个候选主辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的DC band组合;The terminal device determines at least one candidate secondary cell and/or at least one candidate primary secondary cell according to the first information, wherein a band combination composed of the at least one candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the target The CA band combination supported by the primary cell, the band combination formed by the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell; 所述终端设备向所述目标主小区所属的接入网设备发送所述至少一个候选辅小区的信息和/或所述至少一个候选主辅小区的信息。The terminal device sends the information of the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the information of the at least one candidate primary secondary cell to the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 1, wherein: 所述至少一个候选辅小区包括至少一个第一候选辅小区和/或至少一个第二候选辅小区,所述至少一个第一候选辅小区为所述终端设备有能力检测到的小区,所述至少一个第二候选辅小区属于所述至少一个候选小区;和/或,The at least one candidate secondary cell includes at least one first candidate secondary cell and/or at least one second candidate secondary cell, the at least one first candidate secondary cell is a cell that the terminal device is capable of detecting, and the at least one first candidate secondary cell is a cell capable of being detected by the terminal device. one second candidate secondary cell belongs to the at least one candidate cell; and/or, 所述至少一个候选主辅小区包括至少一个第一候选主辅小区和/或至少一个第二候选主辅小区,所述至少一个第一候选主辅小区为所述终端设备有能力检测到的小区,所述至少一个第二候选主辅小区属于所述至少一个候选小区。The at least one candidate primary and secondary cell includes at least one first candidate primary and secondary cell and/or at least one second candidate primary and secondary cell, and the at least one first candidate primary and secondary cell is a cell that the terminal device is capable of detecting , the at least one second candidate primary and secondary cell belongs to the at least one candidate cell. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 2, wherein: 所述方法还包括:The method also includes: 所述终端设备从所述源接入网设备接收第二信息,所述第二信息指示两个或两个以上的所述候选小区是否属于同一个接入网设备;The terminal device receives second information from the source access network device, the second information indicating whether two or more of the candidate cells belong to the same access network device; 所述终端设备根据所述第一信息,确定至少一个候选辅小区和/或至少一个候选主辅小区,包括:The terminal device determines at least one candidate secondary cell and/or at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the first information, including: 所述终端设备根据所述第一信息和所述第二信息,确定所述至少一个候选辅小区和/或所述至少一个候选主辅小区,其中,所述至少一个候选辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的CA band组合,所述至少一个候选主辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的DC band组合,所述至少一个第二候选辅小区与所述目标主小区属于同一接入网设备,所述至少一个第二候选主辅小区与所述目标主小区属于不同接入网设备。The terminal device determines, according to the first information and the second information, the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the at least one candidate primary secondary cell, wherein the at least one candidate secondary cell and the target The band combination composed of the primary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the target primary cell, the band combination composed of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell, and the At least one second candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell belong to the same access network device, and the at least one second candidate primary secondary cell and the target primary cell belong to different access network devices. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that: 所述方法还包括:The method also includes: 所述终端设备从所述源接入网设备接收第三信息,所述第三信息指示第一信号质量门限值和/或第二信号质量门限值;The terminal device receives third information from the source access network device, where the third information indicates the first signal quality threshold value and/or the second signal quality threshold value; 所述终端设备根据所述第一信息,确定至少一个候选辅小区和/或至少一个候选主辅小区,包括:The terminal device determines at least one candidate secondary cell and/or at least one candidate primary and secondary cell according to the first information, including: 所述终端设备根据所述第一信息和所述第三信息,确定所述至少一个候选辅小区和/ 或所述至少一个候选主辅小区,其中,所述至少一个候选辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的CA band组合,且所述至少一个候选辅小区的信号质量大于所述第一信号质量门限值,所述至少一个候选主辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的DC band组合,且所述至少一个候选主辅小区的信号质量大于所述第二信号质量门限值。The terminal device determines the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the at least one candidate primary secondary cell according to the first information and the third information, wherein the at least one candidate secondary cell and the target The band combination composed of the primary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the target primary cell, and the signal quality of the at least one candidate secondary cell is greater than the first signal quality threshold value, and the at least one candidate primary secondary cell and the The band combination formed by the target primary cell belongs to the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell, and the signal quality of the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell is greater than the second signal quality threshold. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that, 所述方法还包括:The method also includes: 所述终端设备接收目标接入网设备发送的所述目标主小区对应的至少一个辅小区的信息和/或所述目标主小区对应的主辅小区的信息,所述目标接入网设备为所述目标主小区所属的接入网设备。The terminal device receives the information of at least one secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell and/or the information of the primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell sent by the target access network device, where the target access network device is the target access network device. The access network equipment to which the target primary cell belongs. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein, 所述方法还包括:The method also includes: 所述终端设备从所述源接入网设备接收第四信息,所述第四信息指示所述至少一个候选小区的小区信息和所述至少一个候选小区的条件切换CHO执行条件信息;receiving, by the terminal device, fourth information from the source access network device, where the fourth information indicates cell information of the at least one candidate cell and conditional handover CHO execution condition information of the at least one candidate cell; 所述终端设备从所述至少一个候选小区中选择目标主小区,包括:The terminal equipment selects a target primary cell from the at least one candidate cell, including: 所述终端设备根据所述第四信息,从所述至少一个候选小区中选择所述目标主小区,所述目标主小区为满足所述CHO执行条件的小区。The terminal device selects the target primary cell from the at least one candidate cell according to the fourth information, where the target primary cell is a cell that satisfies the CHO execution condition. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 6, wherein: 所述小区信息包括以下各项中的至少一项:小区为所述终端设备分配的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI、接入小区所用的随机接入信道RACH资源信息、小区对应的索引信息、小区的小区全球标识CGI、小区的物理小区标识PCI、小区对应的频率信息、小区对应的物理层配置参数、小区对应的媒体接入控制MAC层配置参数、小区对应的无线链路控制RLC层配置参数、小区对应的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层配置参数、小区对应的业务数据适配协议SDAP层配置参数、以及小区对应的无线资源控制RRC层配置参数。The cell information includes at least one of the following items: a cell wireless network temporary identifier C-RNTI allocated by the cell to the terminal device, random access channel RACH resource information used to access the cell, index information corresponding to the cell, The cell global identifier CGI of the cell, the physical cell identifier PCI of the cell, the frequency information corresponding to the cell, the physical layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, the media access control MAC layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, and the radio link control RLC layer configuration corresponding to the cell parameters, the configuration parameters of the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer corresponding to the cell, the configuration parameters of the service data adaptation protocol SDAP layer corresponding to the cell, and the configuration parameters of the radio resource control RRC layer corresponding to the cell. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 6 or 7, wherein, 所述CHO执行条件信息包括事件类型和与所述事件类型对应的门限值。The CHO execution condition information includes an event type and a threshold value corresponding to the event type. 一种配置方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A configuration method, characterized in that the method comprises: 源接入网设备确定第一信息,所述第一信息指示至少一个候选小区支持的载波聚合CA带宽band组合信息和/或双连接DC band组合信息,所述至少一个候选小区用于终端设备选择目标主小区;The source access network device determines first information, where the first information indicates carrier aggregation CA bandwidth band combination information and/or dual-connectivity DC band combination information supported by at least one candidate cell, and the at least one candidate cell is used for terminal device selection target primary cell; 所述源接入网设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息。The source access network device sends the first information to the terminal device. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述CA band组合信息用于所述终端设备确定至少一个候选辅小区,DC band组合信息用于所述终端设备确定至少一个候选主辅小区。The method according to claim 9, wherein the CA band combination information is used by the terminal device to determine at least one candidate secondary cell, and the DC band combination information is used by the terminal device to determine at least one candidate primary and secondary cell. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the method further comprises: 所述源接入网设备向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示两个或者两个以上的所述候选小区是否属于同一接入网设备。The source access network device sends second information to the terminal device, where the second information indicates whether two or more of the candidate cells belong to the same access network device. 根据权利要求9至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 11, wherein the method further comprises: 所述源接入网设备向所述终端设备发送第三信息,所述第三信息指示第一信号质量门 限值和/或第二信号质量门限值。The source access network device sends third information to the terminal device, where the third information indicates the first signal quality threshold value and/or the second signal quality threshold value. 根据权利要求9至12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 12, wherein the method further comprises: 所述源接入网设备向所述终端设备发送第四信息,所述第四信息指示所述至少一个候选小区的小区信息和所述至少一个候选小区的条件切换CHO执行条件信息。The source access network device sends fourth information to the terminal device, where the fourth information indicates cell information of the at least one candidate cell and conditional handover CHO execution condition information of the at least one candidate cell. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 13, wherein: 所述小区信息包括以下各项中的至少一项:小区为所述终端设备分配的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI、接入小区所用的随机接入信道RACH资源信息、小区对应的索引信息、小区的小区全球标识CGI、小区的物理小区标识PCI、小区对应的频率信息、小区对应的物理层配置参数、小区对应的媒体接入控制MAC层配置参数、小区对应的无线链路控制RLC层配置参数、小区对应的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层配置参数、小区对应的业务数据适配协议SDAP层配置参数、以及小区对应的无线资源控制RRC层配置参数。The cell information includes at least one of the following items: a cell wireless network temporary identifier C-RNTI allocated by the cell to the terminal device, random access channel RACH resource information used to access the cell, index information corresponding to the cell, The cell global identifier CGI of the cell, the physical cell identifier PCI of the cell, the frequency information corresponding to the cell, the physical layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, the media access control MAC layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, and the radio link control RLC layer configuration corresponding to the cell parameters, the configuration parameters of the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer corresponding to the cell, the configuration parameters of the service data adaptation protocol SDAP layer corresponding to the cell, and the configuration parameters of the radio resource control RRC layer corresponding to the cell. 根据权利要求13或14所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 13 or 14, wherein, 所述CHO执行条件信息包括事件类型和与所述事件类型对应的门限值。The CHO execution condition information includes an event type and a threshold value corresponding to the event type. 一种配置方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A configuration method, characterized in that the method comprises: 目标接入网设备接收终端设备发送的至少一个候选辅小区的信息和/或至少一个候选主辅小区的信息,所述目标接入网设备为满足条件切换CHO执行条件的目标主小区所属的接入网设备;The target access network device receives the information of at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the information of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell sent by the terminal device, and the target access network device is the access point to which the target primary cell that satisfies the conditional handover CHO execution condition belongs. network access equipment; 所述目标接入网设备根据所述至少一个候选辅小区的信息和/或所述至少一个候选主辅小区的信息,确定所述目标主小区对应的至少一个辅小区和/或所述目标主小区对应的主辅小区。The target access network device determines at least one secondary cell and/or the target primary cell corresponding to the target primary cell according to the information of the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the information of the at least one candidate primary secondary cell. The primary and secondary cells corresponding to the cell. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 16, wherein the method further comprises: 所述目标接入网设备向所述终端设备发送所述至少一个辅小区的信息和/或所述主辅小区的信息。The target access network device sends the information of the at least one secondary cell and/or the information of the primary and secondary cells to the terminal device. 根据权利要求16或17所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述目标接入网设备确定出所述主辅小区的情况下,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 16 or 17, wherein when the target access network device determines the primary and secondary cells, the method further comprises: 所述目标接入网设备与所述主辅小区所属的接入网设备进行辅节点添加流程。The target access network device and the access network device to which the primary and secondary cells belong to perform a secondary node addition process. 一种配置方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A configuration method, characterized in that the method comprises: 终端设备从源接入网设备接收至少一个候选小区的配置信息,以及接收至少一个第三候选辅小区的配置信息、至少一个第三候选主辅小区的配置信息和至少一个第四候选辅小区的配置信息中的至少一个,其中,所述至少一个候选小区用于所述终端设备选择目标主小区,与第一候选小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选辅小区与所述第一候选小区组成的带宽band组合属于所述第一候选小区支持的载波聚合CA band组合,与所述第一候选小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选主辅小区与所述第一候选小区组成的band组合属于所述第一候选小区支持的双连接DC band组合,与第五候选主辅小区对应的至少一个所述第四候选辅小区与所述第五候选主辅小区组成的band组合属于所述第五候选主辅小区支持的CA band组合,所述第一候选小区为所述至少一个候选小区中的任意一个,所述第五候选主辅小区为所述至少一个第三候选主辅小区中的任意一个;所述配置信息包括小区信息和条件信息,所述条件信息指示条件切换CHO执行条件、辅小区的添加条件或主辅小区的添加条件;The terminal device receives configuration information of at least one candidate cell from the source access network device, and receives configuration information of at least one third candidate secondary cell, configuration information of at least one third candidate primary secondary cell, and at least one fourth candidate secondary cell. At least one of the configuration information, wherein the at least one candidate cell is used by the terminal device to select a target primary cell, and at least one third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the first candidate cell is composed of the first candidate cell The bandwidth band combination belongs to the carrier aggregation CA band combination supported by the first candidate cell, and the band combination composed of at least one of the third candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the first candidate cell and the first candidate cell belongs to The dual-connection DC band combination supported by the first candidate cell, the band combination composed of at least one of the fourth candidate secondary cell corresponding to the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell and the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell belongs to the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell. CA band combination supported by candidate primary and secondary cells, the first candidate cell is any one of the at least one candidate cell, and the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell is any of the at least one third candidate primary and secondary cells One; the configuration information includes cell information and condition information, and the condition information indicates a conditional handover CHO execution condition, an addition condition of a secondary cell, or an addition condition of the primary and secondary cells; 所述终端设备根据所述至少一个候选小区的配置信息,从所述至少一个候选小区中选择目标主小区;selecting, by the terminal device, a target primary cell from the at least one candidate cell according to the configuration information of the at least one candidate cell; 所述终端设备根据所述至少一个第三候选辅小区的配置信息,从所述目标主小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选辅小区中确定所述目标主小区对应的辅小区;和/或,所述终端设备根据所述至少一个第三候选主辅小区的配置信息,从所述目标主小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选主辅小区中确定所述目标主小区对应的主辅小区;和/或,所述终端设备根据所述至少一个第四候选辅小区的配置信息,从所述主辅小区对应的至少一个所述第四候选辅小区中确定所述主辅小区对应的辅小区。The terminal device determines, according to the configuration information of the at least one third candidate secondary cell, a secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell from at least one of the third candidate secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell; and/or , the terminal device determines, according to the configuration information of the at least one third candidate primary and secondary cell, the primary and secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell from at least one of the third candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell and/or, the terminal device determines, according to the configuration information of the at least one fourth candidate secondary cell, the secondary cell corresponding to the primary secondary cell from at least one of the fourth candidate secondary cells corresponding to the primary secondary cell community. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 19, wherein the method further comprises: 所述终端设备向目标接入网设备发送所述目标主小区对应的辅小区的信息、所述主辅小区的信息、以及所述主辅小区对应的辅小区的信息中的至少一个,所述目标接入网设备为所述目标主小区所属的接入网设备。The terminal device sends at least one of the information of the secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, the information of the primary secondary cell, and the information of the secondary cell corresponding to the primary secondary cell to the target access network device, the The target access network device is the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述小区信息包括以下各项中的至少一项:The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the cell information includes at least one of the following items: 小区为所述终端设备分配的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI、接入小区所用的随机接入信道RACH资源信息、小区对应的索引信息、小区的小区全球标识CGI、小区的物理小区标识PCI、小区对应的频率信息、小区对应的物理层配置参数、小区对应的媒体接入控制MAC层配置参数、小区对应的无线链路控制RLC层配置参数、小区对应的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层配置参数、小区对应的业务数据适配协议SDAP层配置参数、以及小区对应的无线资源控制RRC层配置参数。The cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI allocated by the cell to the terminal device, the random access channel RACH resource information used to access the cell, the index information corresponding to the cell, the cell global identifier CGI of the cell, the physical cell identifier PCI of the cell, The frequency information corresponding to the cell, the physical layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, the media access control MAC layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, the radio link control RLC layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, The service data adaptation protocol SDAP layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, and the radio resource control RRC layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell. 根据权利要求19至21中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 19 to 21, wherein, 所述条件信息包括事件类型和与所述事件类型对应的门限值。The condition information includes an event type and a threshold value corresponding to the event type. 一种配置方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A configuration method, characterized in that the method comprises: 源接入网设备接收至少一个候选小区的小区信息,以及接收至少一个第三候选辅小区的小区信息、至少一个第三候选主辅小区的小区信息和至少一个第四候选辅小区的小区信息中的至少一个,其中,所述至少一个候选小区用于终端设备选择目标主小区,与第一候选小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选辅小区与所述第一候选小区组成的带宽band组合属于所述第一候选小区支持的载波聚合CA band组合,与所述第一候选小区对应的至少一个所述第三候选主辅小区与所述第一候选小区组成的band组合属于所述第一候选小区支持的双连接DC band组合,与第五候选主辅小区对应的至少一个所述第四候选辅小区与所述第五候选主辅小区组成的band组合属于所述第五候选主辅小区支持的CA band组合,所述第一候选小区为所述至少一个候选小区中的任意一个,所述第五候选主辅小区为所述至少一个第三候选主辅小区中的任意一个;The source access network device receives cell information of at least one candidate cell, and receives cell information of at least one third candidate secondary cell, cell information of at least one third candidate primary secondary cell, and cell information of at least one fourth candidate secondary cell At least one of the candidate cells, wherein the at least one candidate cell is used by the terminal equipment to select the target primary cell, and the bandwidth band combination composed of at least one of the third candidate secondary cell corresponding to the first candidate cell and the first candidate cell belongs to The carrier aggregation CA band combination supported by the first candidate cell, and the band combination composed of at least one of the third candidate primary and secondary cells corresponding to the first candidate cell and the first candidate cell belongs to the first candidate cell The dual-connection DC band combination supported by the cell, the band combination composed of at least one of the fourth candidate secondary cell and the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell corresponding to the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell belongs to the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell support The CA band combination, the first candidate cell is any one of the at least one candidate cell, and the fifth candidate primary and secondary cell is any one of the at least one third candidate primary and secondary cells; 所述源接入网设备向终端设备发送所述至少一个候选小区的配置信息,以及发送所述至少一个第三候选辅小区的配置信息、所述至少一个第三候选主辅小区的配置信息和所述至少一个第四候选辅小区的配置信息中的至少一个,所述配置信息包括小区信息和条件信息,所述条件信息指示条件切换CHO执行条件、辅小区的添加条件或主辅小区的添加条件。The source access network device sends the configuration information of the at least one candidate cell to the terminal device, and sends the configuration information of the at least one third candidate secondary cell, the configuration information of the at least one third candidate primary secondary cell, and At least one of the configuration information of the at least one fourth candidate secondary cell, the configuration information includes cell information and condition information, and the condition information indicates the conditional handover CHO execution condition, the addition condition of the secondary cell, or the addition of the primary and secondary cells. condition. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述小区信息包括以下各项中的至 少一项:The method of claim 23, wherein the cell information comprises at least one of the following: 小区为所述终端设备分配的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI、接入小区所用的随机接入信道RACH资源信息、小区对应的索引信息、小区的小区全球标识CGI、小区的物理小区标识PCI、小区对应的频率信息、小区对应的物理层配置参数、小区对应的媒体接入控制MAC层配置参数、小区对应的无线链路控制RLC层配置参数、小区对应的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层配置参数、小区对应的业务数据适配协议SDAP层配置参数、以及小区对应的无线资源控制RRC层配置参数。The cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI allocated by the cell to the terminal device, the random access channel RACH resource information used to access the cell, the index information corresponding to the cell, the cell global identifier CGI of the cell, the physical cell identifier PCI of the cell, The frequency information corresponding to the cell, the physical layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, the media access control MAC layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, the radio link control RLC layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, The service data adaptation protocol SDAP layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, and the radio resource control RRC layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell. 根据权利要求23或24所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 23 or 24, wherein, 所述条件信息包括事件类型和与所述事件类型对应的门限值。The condition information includes an event type and a threshold value corresponding to the event type. 一种配置方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A configuration method, characterized in that the method comprises: 目标接入网设备接收终端设备发送的目标主小区对应的辅小区的信息、所述目标主小区对应的主辅小区的信息、以及所述主辅小区对应的辅小区的信息中的至少一个,所述目标主小区满足条件切换CHO执行条件,所述目标接入网设备为所述目标主小区所属的接入网设备;The target access network device receives at least one of the information of the secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell, the information of the primary and secondary cells corresponding to the target primary cell, and the information of the secondary cell corresponding to the primary and secondary cell sent by the terminal device, The target primary cell satisfies the conditional handover CHO execution condition, and the target access network device is the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs; 所述目标接入网设备与所述主辅小区所属的接入网设备进行辅节点添加流程。The target access network device and the access network device to which the primary and secondary cells belong to perform a secondary node addition process. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the device comprises: 收发单元,用于从源接入网设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息指示至少一个候选小区支持的载波聚合CA带宽band组合信息和/或双连接DC band组合信息;a transceiver unit, configured to receive first information from the source access network device, where the first information indicates carrier aggregation CA bandwidth band combination information and/or dual-connection DC band combination information supported by at least one candidate cell; 处理单元,用于从所述至少一个候选小区中选择目标主小区;a processing unit, configured to select a target primary cell from the at least one candidate cell; 所述处理单元,还用于根据所述第一信息,确定至少一个候选辅小区和/或至少一个候选主辅小区,其中,所述至少一个候选辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的CA band组合,所述至少一个候选主辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的DC band组合;The processing unit is further configured to determine, according to the first information, at least one candidate secondary cell and/or at least one candidate primary secondary cell, wherein the at least one candidate secondary cell is combined with a band composed of the target primary cell Belonging to the CA band combination supported by the target primary cell, the band combination formed by the at least one candidate primary and secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell; 所述收发单元,还用于向所述目标主小区所属的接入网设备发送所述至少一个候选辅小区的信息和/或所述至少一个候选主辅小区的信息。The transceiver unit is further configured to send the information of the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the information of the at least one candidate primary secondary cell to the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs. 根据权利要求27所述的装置,其特征在于,The apparatus of claim 27, wherein: 所述至少一个候选辅小区包括至少一个第一候选辅小区和/或至少一个第二候选辅小区,所述至少一个第一候选辅小区为所述终端设备有能力检测到的小区,所述至少一个第二候选辅小区属于所述至少一个候选小区;和/或,The at least one candidate secondary cell includes at least one first candidate secondary cell and/or at least one second candidate secondary cell, the at least one first candidate secondary cell is a cell that the terminal device is capable of detecting, and the at least one first candidate secondary cell is a cell capable of being detected by the terminal device. one second candidate secondary cell belongs to the at least one candidate cell; and/or, 所述至少一个候选主辅小区包括至少一个第一候选主辅小区和/或至少一个第二候选主辅小区,所述至少一个第一候选主辅小区为所述终端设备有能力检测到的小区,所述至少一个第二候选主辅小区属于所述至少一个候选小区。The at least one candidate primary and secondary cell includes at least one first candidate primary and secondary cell and/or at least one second candidate primary and secondary cell, and the at least one first candidate primary and secondary cell is a cell that the terminal device is capable of detecting , the at least one second candidate primary and secondary cell belongs to the at least one candidate cell. 根据权利要求28所述的装置,其特征在于,The apparatus of claim 28, wherein: 所述收发单元,还用于从所述源接入网设备接收第二信息,所述第二信息指示两个或两个以上的所述候选小区是否属于同一个接入网设备;The transceiver unit is further configured to receive second information from the source access network device, where the second information indicates whether two or more of the candidate cells belong to the same access network device; 所述处理单元,具体用于根据所述第一信息和所述第二信息,确定所述至少一个候选辅小区和/或所述至少一个候选主辅小区,其中,所述至少一个候选辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的CA band组合,所述至少一个候选主辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的DC band组合,所述 至少一个第二候选辅小区与所述目标主小区属于同一接入网设备,所述至少一个第二候选主辅小区与所述目标主小区属于不同接入网设备。The processing unit is specifically configured to determine the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the at least one candidate primary secondary cell according to the first information and the second information, wherein the at least one candidate secondary cell The band combination formed with the target primary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the target primary cell, and the band combination formed by the at least one candidate primary secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the DC band supported by the target primary cell In combination, the at least one second candidate secondary cell and the target primary cell belong to the same access network device, and the at least one second candidate primary secondary cell and the target primary cell belong to different access network devices. 根据权利要求27至29中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 27 to 29, characterized in that, 所述收发单元,还用于从所述源接入网设备接收第三信息,所述第三信息指示第一信号质量门限值和/或第二信号质量门限值;The transceiver unit is further configured to receive third information from the source access network device, where the third information indicates the first signal quality threshold value and/or the second signal quality threshold value; 所述处理单元,具体用于根据所述第一信息和所述第三信息,确定所述至少一个候选辅小区和/或所述至少一个候选主辅小区,其中,所述至少一个候选辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的CA band组合,且所述至少一个候选辅小区的信号质量大于所述第一信号质量门限值,所述至少一个候选主辅小区与所述目标主小区组成的band组合属于所述目标主小区支持的DC band组合,且所述至少一个候选主辅小区的信号质量大于所述第二信号质量门限值。The processing unit is specifically configured to determine the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the at least one candidate primary secondary cell according to the first information and the third information, wherein the at least one candidate secondary cell The band combination formed with the target primary cell belongs to the CA band combination supported by the target primary cell, and the signal quality of the at least one candidate secondary cell is greater than the first signal quality threshold. The band combination formed by the secondary cell and the target primary cell belongs to the DC band combination supported by the target primary cell, and the signal quality of the at least one candidate primary secondary cell is greater than the second signal quality threshold. 根据权利要求27至30中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 27 to 30, characterized in that, 所述收发单元,还用于接收目标接入网设备发送的所述目标主小区对应的至少一个辅小区的信息和/或所述目标主小区对应的主辅小区的信息,所述目标接入网设备为所述目标主小区所属的接入网设备。The transceiver unit is further configured to receive the information of at least one secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell and/or the information of the primary secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell sent by the target access network device. The network device is the access network device to which the target primary cell belongs. 根据权利要求27至31中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 27 to 31, characterized in that, 所述收发单元,还用于从所述源接入网设备接收第四信息,所述第四信息指示所述至少一个候选小区的小区信息和所述至少一个候选小区的条件切换CHO执行条件信息;The transceiver unit is further configured to receive fourth information from the source access network device, where the fourth information indicates cell information of the at least one candidate cell and conditional handover CHO execution condition information of the at least one candidate cell ; 所述处理单元,具体用于根据所述第四信息,从所述至少一个候选小区中选择所述目标主小区,所述目标主小区为满足所述CHO执行条件的小区。The processing unit is specifically configured to select the target primary cell from the at least one candidate cell according to the fourth information, where the target primary cell is a cell that satisfies the CHO execution condition. 根据权利要求32所述的装置,其特征在于,The apparatus of claim 32, wherein 所述小区信息包括以下各项中的至少一项:小区为所述终端设备分配的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI、接入小区所用的随机接入信道RACH资源信息、小区对应的索引信息、小区的小区全球标识CGI、小区的物理小区标识PCI、小区对应的频率信息、小区对应的物理层配置参数、小区对应的媒体接入控制MAC层配置参数、小区对应的无线链路控制RLC层配置参数、小区对应的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层配置参数、小区对应的业务数据适配协议SDAP层配置参数、以及小区对应的无线资源控制RRC层配置参数。The cell information includes at least one of the following items: a cell wireless network temporary identifier C-RNTI allocated by the cell to the terminal device, random access channel RACH resource information used to access the cell, index information corresponding to the cell, The cell global identifier CGI of the cell, the physical cell identifier PCI of the cell, the frequency information corresponding to the cell, the physical layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, the media access control MAC layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, and the radio link control RLC layer configuration corresponding to the cell parameters, the configuration parameters of the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer corresponding to the cell, the configuration parameters of the service data adaptation protocol SDAP layer corresponding to the cell, and the configuration parameters of the radio resource control RRC layer corresponding to the cell. 根据权利要求32或33所述的装置,其特征在于,An apparatus according to claim 32 or 33, characterized in that, 所述CHO执行条件信息包括事件类型和与所述事件类型对应的门限值。The CHO execution condition information includes an event type and a threshold value corresponding to the event type. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the device comprises: 处理单元,用于确定第一信息,所述第一信息指示至少一个候选小区支持的载波聚合CA带宽band组合信息和/或双连接DC band组合信息,所述至少一个候选小区用于终端设备选择目标主小区;A processing unit, configured to determine first information, where the first information indicates carrier aggregation CA bandwidth band combination information and/or dual-connectivity DC band combination information supported by at least one candidate cell, and the at least one candidate cell is used for terminal device selection target primary cell; 收发单元,用于向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息。A transceiver unit, configured to send the first information to the terminal device. 根据权利要求35所述的装置,其特征在于,所述CA band组合信息用于所述终端设备确定至少一个候选辅小区,DC band组合信息用于所述终端设备确定至少一个候选主辅小区。The apparatus according to claim 35, wherein the CA band combination information is used by the terminal device to determine at least one candidate secondary cell, and the DC band combination information is used by the terminal device to determine at least one candidate primary and secondary cell. 根据权利要求35或36所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 35 or 36, characterized in that, 所述收发单元,还用于向所述终端设备发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示两个或者两 个以上的所述候选小区是否属于同一接入网设备。The transceiver unit is further configured to send second information to the terminal device, where the second information indicates whether two or more of the candidate cells belong to the same access network device. 根据权利要求35至37中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 35 to 37, characterized in that, 所述收发单元,还用于向所述终端设备发送第三信息,所述第三信息指示第一信号质量门限值和/或第二信号质量门限值。The transceiver unit is further configured to send third information to the terminal device, where the third information indicates the first signal quality threshold value and/or the second signal quality threshold value. 根据权利要求35至38中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 35 to 38, characterized in that, 所述收发单元,还用于向所述终端设备发送第四信息,所述第四信息指示所述至少一个候选小区的小区信息和所述至少一个候选小区的条件切换CHO执行条件信息。The transceiver unit is further configured to send fourth information to the terminal device, where the fourth information indicates cell information of the at least one candidate cell and condition handover CHO execution condition information of the at least one candidate cell. 根据权利要求39所述的装置,其特征在于,The apparatus of claim 39, wherein 所述小区信息包括以下各项中的至少一项:小区为所述终端设备分配的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI、接入小区所用的随机接入信道RACH资源信息、小区对应的索引信息、小区的小区全球标识CGI、小区的物理小区标识PCI、小区对应的频率信息、小区对应的物理层配置参数、小区对应的媒体接入控制MAC层配置参数、小区对应的无线链路控制RLC层配置参数、小区对应的分组数据汇聚协议PDCP层配置参数、小区对应的业务数据适配协议SDAP层配置参数、以及小区对应的无线资源控制RRC层配置参数。The cell information includes at least one of the following items: a cell wireless network temporary identifier C-RNTI allocated by the cell to the terminal device, random access channel RACH resource information used to access the cell, index information corresponding to the cell, The cell global identifier CGI of the cell, the physical cell identifier PCI of the cell, the frequency information corresponding to the cell, the physical layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, the media access control MAC layer configuration parameters corresponding to the cell, and the radio link control RLC layer configuration corresponding to the cell parameters, the configuration parameters of the packet data convergence protocol PDCP layer corresponding to the cell, the configuration parameters of the service data adaptation protocol SDAP layer corresponding to the cell, and the configuration parameters of the radio resource control RRC layer corresponding to the cell. 根据权利要求39或40所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to claim 39 or 40, characterized in that, 所述CHO执行条件信息包括事件类型和与所述事件类型对应的门限值。The CHO execution condition information includes an event type and a threshold value corresponding to the event type. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the device comprises: 收发单元,用于接收终端设备发送的至少一个候选辅小区的信息和/或至少一个候选主辅小区的信息,所述通信装置为满足条件切换CHO执行条件的目标主小区所属的接入网设备;A transceiver unit, configured to receive the information of at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the information of at least one candidate primary and secondary cell sent by the terminal equipment, the communication device is the access network device to which the target primary cell that satisfies the conditional handover CHO execution condition belongs ; 处理单元,用于根据所述至少一个候选辅小区的信息和/或所述至少一个候选主辅小区的信息,确定所述目标主小区对应的至少一个辅小区和/或所述目标主小区对应的主辅小区。A processing unit, configured to determine at least one secondary cell corresponding to the target primary cell and/or corresponding to the target primary cell according to the information of the at least one candidate secondary cell and/or the information of the at least one candidate primary secondary cell primary and secondary districts. 根据权利要求42所述的装置,其特征在于,The apparatus of claim 42, wherein 所述收发单元,还用于向所述终端设备发送所述至少一个辅小区的信息和/或所述主辅小区的信息。The transceiver unit is further configured to send the information of the at least one secondary cell and/or the information of the primary and secondary cells to the terminal device. 根据权利要求42或43所述的装置,其特征在于,An apparatus according to claim 42 or 43, characterized in that, 所述处理单元和所述发送单元,还用于在所述目标接入网设备确定出所述主辅小区的情况下,与所述主辅小区所属的接入网设备进行辅节点添加流程。The processing unit and the sending unit are further configured to perform a secondary node adding process with the access network device to which the primary and secondary cells belong when the target access network device determines the primary and secondary cells. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求19至26中任一项所述的方法的模块。A communication device, characterized by comprising means for performing the method of any one of claims 19 to 26. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述处理器的信号发送给所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置,所述处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现如权利要求1至26中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized by comprising a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit being configured to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit to the processor or transfer signals from the processor The signal is sent to other communication devices other than the communication device, and the processor is used to implement the method according to any one of claims 1 to 26 by means of a logic circuit or executing code instructions. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括处理器,所述处理器与存储器相连,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述芯片执行如权利要求1至26中任一项所述的通信方法。A chip, characterized in that it includes a processor, the processor is connected to a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the chip executes The communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 26. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指 令,当所述计算机程序或指令被通信装置执行时,实现如权利要求1至26中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that, a computer program or instruction is stored in the storage medium, and when the computer program or instruction is executed by a communication device, any one of claims 1 to 26 is implemented. Methods.
PCT/CN2020/101597 2020-07-13 2020-07-13 Configuration method and apparatus Ceased WO2022011500A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/101597 WO2022011500A1 (en) 2020-07-13 2020-07-13 Configuration method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/101597 WO2022011500A1 (en) 2020-07-13 2020-07-13 Configuration method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022011500A1 true WO2022011500A1 (en) 2022-01-20

Family

ID=79556058

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/101597 Ceased WO2022011500A1 (en) 2020-07-13 2020-07-13 Configuration method and apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2022011500A1 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11399319B1 (en) * 2020-12-10 2022-07-26 Sprint Spectrum L.P. Controlling secondary-node addition based on cooperative consideration of coverage comparison and predicted data split
CN116349281A (en) * 2023-02-14 2023-06-27 北京小米移动软件有限公司 A communication method, device and readable storage medium
WO2023206572A1 (en) * 2022-04-29 2023-11-02 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Cell state configuration method and apparatus thereof
WO2024164321A1 (en) * 2023-02-10 2024-08-15 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method and terminal device
CN118972877A (en) * 2024-07-25 2024-11-15 上海中移信息技术有限公司 Network resource configuration method, electronic device, storage medium and product
EP4561145A4 (en) * 2022-07-21 2025-10-01 Datang mobile communications equipment co ltd Method and device for processing L1/L2 mobility configuration information and storage medium

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110351801A (en) * 2019-08-15 2019-10-18 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 A kind of cell switching method and device
WO2019233283A1 (en) * 2018-06-04 2019-12-12 维沃移动通信有限公司 Cell management method, trigger condition configuration method, terminal device, and network side device
CN110636539A (en) * 2018-06-25 2019-12-31 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method for configuring resources, mobile terminal, network side equipment and media
CN110831079A (en) * 2018-08-09 2020-02-21 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 Communication switching method and device
CN111165018A (en) * 2017-09-28 2020-05-15 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Mobility management in wireless networks
CN111314974A (en) * 2020-02-11 2020-06-19 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Method and device for processing update of primary and secondary cells, base station and storage medium

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111165018A (en) * 2017-09-28 2020-05-15 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Mobility management in wireless networks
WO2019233283A1 (en) * 2018-06-04 2019-12-12 维沃移动通信有限公司 Cell management method, trigger condition configuration method, terminal device, and network side device
CN110636539A (en) * 2018-06-25 2019-12-31 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method for configuring resources, mobile terminal, network side equipment and media
CN110831079A (en) * 2018-08-09 2020-02-21 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 Communication switching method and device
CN110351801A (en) * 2019-08-15 2019-10-18 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 A kind of cell switching method and device
CN111314974A (en) * 2020-02-11 2020-06-19 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 Method and device for processing update of primary and secondary cells, base station and storage medium

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
INTEL CORPORATION: "Report of [108#45][LTE NR Mob] UE feature list for LTE and NR mobility (Intel)", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2000459, vol. RAN WG2, 14 February 2020 (2020-02-14), Elbonia, pages 1 - 100, XP051849047 *

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11399319B1 (en) * 2020-12-10 2022-07-26 Sprint Spectrum L.P. Controlling secondary-node addition based on cooperative consideration of coverage comparison and predicted data split
US11758447B1 (en) 2020-12-10 2023-09-12 Sprint Spectrum Llc Controlling secondary-node addition based on cooperative consideration of coverage comparision and predicted data split
WO2023206572A1 (en) * 2022-04-29 2023-11-02 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Cell state configuration method and apparatus thereof
EP4518428A4 (en) * 2022-04-29 2025-06-25 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. CELL STATE CONFIGURATION METHOD AND ASSOCIATED APPARATUS
EP4561145A4 (en) * 2022-07-21 2025-10-01 Datang mobile communications equipment co ltd Method and device for processing L1/L2 mobility configuration information and storage medium
WO2024164321A1 (en) * 2023-02-10 2024-08-15 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method and terminal device
CN116349281A (en) * 2023-02-14 2023-06-27 北京小米移动软件有限公司 A communication method, device and readable storage medium
CN118972877A (en) * 2024-07-25 2024-11-15 上海中移信息技术有限公司 Network resource configuration method, electronic device, storage medium and product

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN111372293B (en) Communication method and communication device
KR102645505B1 (en) Information transmission methods and devices
CN111372292B (en) Communication method and communication device
CN112312487B (en) Communication method and communication device
CN113543274B (en) Method and device for network access
WO2022011500A1 (en) Configuration method and apparatus
CN114616862B (en) Communication method, device and system
WO2019095944A1 (en) Communication method, and terminal device and network device therefor
WO2021027683A1 (en) Handover method, communication apparatus, and terminal device
CN111757400B (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2020164418A1 (en) Measurement method, terminal device, and network device
EP3986015A1 (en) Method and device for establishing aggregated connection, and storage medium
CN116438845A (en) Communication method and communication device
TW202021390A (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2025168095A1 (en) Candidate primary cell configuration information processing method, device, storage medium, and product
CN117750456B (en) Cell switching method, device, storage medium, chip system and product
CN113826419B (en) Providing and using implicit PSCells
WO2025180065A1 (en) Method for cell handover between base stations, and electronic device and storage medium
WO2025113126A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
CN112868253A (en) Condition-triggered configuration method and related product
WO2023283803A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2021062845A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
US20250184783A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023050181A1 (en) Wireless communication method and wireless communication apparatus
WO2024093721A1 (en) Communication method, device and system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20944896

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20944896

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1